On the XEA board (imx28) one needs in the SPL support for GPIO, MMC and
SPI. Two last ones are necessary for booting the device. The GPIO support
allows deciding which medium will be used. For example the GPIO DTS node
(gpio@0 at imx28.dtsi) has pinctrl parent (pinctrl@80018000) for which we
don't need driver asigned for correct operation.
In the spl/dts/dt-platdata.c the gpio@0 has index 4 and its parent -
pinctrl@80018000 has index 5.
In the bind_drivers_pass() function (at drivers/core/lists.c) call to
device_bind_by_name() for `fsl_imx23_pinctrl` returns -2, which is
expected.
With current setup - when the SPL_OF_PLATDATA_PARENT=y
The gpio@0 node with index 4 is skipped as its parent with 5 is not yet
bound. It cannot be as we don't need and provide the driver for it.
As a result the gpio@0 is never bound and we end up with bricked board in
the SPL stage.
When CONFIG_SPL_OF_PLATDATA_PARENT is NOT set, all entries from
spl/dts/dt-platdata.c are scanned in ascending index order, so gpio@0 is
properly initialized. For `fsl_imx_pinctrl` we simply check 10 times if
the driver for is available (which is not) and exit.
As a result the GPIOs are initialized and can be used in early SPL stage.
This commit fixes XEA regression introduced with e41651fffd.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The usage of the preboot feature is now controlled via a separate Kconfig
option - namely CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT.
It must be enabled for preboot code executing commands now defined in
CONFIG_PREBOOT (also moved to the Kconfig).
After defining both CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT and CONFIG_PREBOOT in
imx28_xea_defconfig the define of CONFIG_PREBOOT shall be removed from
xea.h as it is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
On the imx287 pin GPMI_WRN (GPIO0_25) no PullUP is available that can be
enabled.
To get the same behavior for both boot select pins (i.e. GPIO0_2{35})
disable pull UPs on both.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
SPI flash on this machine is located on bus 1, default to using bus 1
for SPI flash and stop aliasing it to bus 0.
Signed-off-by: Hugh Cole-Baker <sigmaris@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: c4cea2bb ("rockchip: Enable building a SPI ROM image on bob")
The GPIO hog flags are ignored by gpiolib-of.c now, set the flags to 0.
Due to a change in gpiolib-of.c, setting flags to GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW and
using output-low DT property leads to the GPIO being set high instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
It looks like that i2c bus lot of times timeout on some units. Prior
migration to CONFIG_DM_I2C i2c speed was set to CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED
value which was 100000. Lower speed fixes timeout problems, so change speed
back to its previous value.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fixes: 8d8c181703 ("Nokia RX-51: Convert to CONFIG_DM_I2C")
Reviewed-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Support reusing board_fit_config_name_match() to automatically
select a sensible default configuration for booting fitImages
using 'bootm'.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Replace most #ifdef checks for USE_HOSTCC and CONFIG_*
with normal if instructions.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
This commits add a check on the command ubi rename. This check avoids
to rename a volume to with a name that is already used on another ubi
volume. If two volumes has the same name, then the ubi device can't be
mounted anymore.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
My address at Toradex doesn't exist anymore, map this address
to my personal email.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
There might be hardware configurations where 64-bit data accesses
to NVMe registers are not supported properly. This patch removes
the readq/writeq so always two 32-bit accesses are used to read/write
64-bit NVMe registers, similarly as it is done in Linux kernel.
This patch fixes operation of NVMe devices on RPi4 Broadcom BCM2711 SoC
based board, where the PCIe Root Complex, which is attached to the
system through the SCB bridge.
Even though the architecture is 64-bit the PCIe BAR is 32-bit and likely
the 64-bit wide register accesses initiated by the CPU are not properly
translated to a sequence of 32-bit PCIe accesses.
nvme_readq(), for example, always returns same value in upper and lower
32-bits, e.g. 0x3c033fff3c033fff which lead to NVMe devices to fail
probing.
This fix is analogous to commit 8e2ab05000 ("usb: xhci: Use only
32-bit accesses in xhci_writeq/xhci_readq").
Cc: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Cc: Nicolas Saenz Julienne <nsaenzjulienne@suse.de>
Cc: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2021-01-rc5 (2)
The following errors in the UEFI sub-system are fixed:
* use after free in efi_exit()
* invalid free when using the boot manager
* pressing escape key once not recognized
Do not use data from the loaded image object after deleting it.
Fixes: 126a43f15b ("efi_loader: unload applications upon Exit()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
load_options passed from do_efibootmgr() to do_bootefi_exec() may contain
invalid data from the stack which will lead to an invalid free().
Fixes: 0ad64007fe ("efi_loader: set load options in boot manager")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Up to now the escape key was not correctly detected in UEFI applications.
We had to hit it twice for a single escape to be recognized.
Use a 10 ms delay to detect if we are dealing with the escape key or an
escape sequence.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
IS_ENABLED() contains parentheses. But we should still put extra
parentheses around it in an if statement for readability.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This reverts commit 828d326216.
This change revers code which asserting PERST# signal when unloading
driver. Driver's remove callback is still there as it is used for other
functionality.
Asserting PERST# signal prior booting kernel is causing that A3720 boards
(Turris MOX and Espressobin) with stable Linux kernel versions 4.14 and
4.19 are not able to detect some PCIe cards (e.g. Compex WLE200 and WLE900)
and anymore. When PERST# signal is not asserted these cards are detected
correctly. As this is regression for existing stable Linux kernel versions
revert this problematic change in U-Boot.
To make cards working with OpenWRT 4.14 kernel it is needed to disable link
training prior booting kernel, which is already done in driver's remove
callback.
Described issue is in Linux kernel pci aardvark driver which is (hopefully)
fixed in latest upstream versions. Latest upstream versions should be able
to initialize PCIe bus and detects cards independently of the link training
and PERST# signal state.
So with this change, U-Boot on A3720 boards should be able to boot OpenWRT
4.14 kernel, stable 4.14 and 4.19 kernels and also latest mainline kernels.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For correct spi bus detection the spi0 alias is needed in the DT.
Otherwise this error will ocurr in U-Boot:
Invalid bus 0 (err=-19)
Failed to initialize SPI flash at 0:0 (error -19)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Dennis Gilmore <dgilmore@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Dennis Gilmore <dgilmore@redhat.com>
Add some missing "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc;" properties to UART0, SPI
controller and SPI NOR flash node to enable usage in SPL. Otherwise
these devices will not be available.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Dennis Gilmore <dgilmore@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Dennis Gilmore <dgilmore@redhat.com>
Use 0x%2lx to print the i2c bus base address in hexadecimal format
instead of printing as an integer.
Signed-off-by: Marc Ferland <ferlandm@amotus.ca>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Use %u and not %d for unsigned values.
Print kHz and not khz.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The dart6ul has an i2c eeprom at 0x50 which contains, among other
things, the manufacturing/revision/options info of the SoM. This patch
replaces the current checkboard() implementation with a more
exhaustive one based on the content of the eeprom.
Since this code uses the new driver model, some changes were also
required in the DTS to make the nodes related to i2c available before
relocation.
This code was inspired from the supported u-boot code from Variscite
which can be found here:
https://github.com/varigit/uboot-imx/tree/imx_v2018.03_4.14.78_1.0.0_ga_var02
New output example:
Board: PN: VSM-6UL-705B, Assy: AS1812142257, Date: 2019 Feb 17
Storage: eMMC, Wifi: yes, DDR: 1024 MiB, Rev: 2.4G
Signed-off-by: Marc Ferland <ferlandm@amotus.ca>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The eeprom at address 0x50 is a BR24G04NUX-3TTR. It has a
4Kbit (512x8) capacity, change the compatible string to reflect this
fact.
Also, add an alias to easily refer to this eeprom with
fdt_path_offset() which will be in another commit.
Signed-off-by: Marc Ferland <ferlandm@amotus.ca>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Hand over maintainership of Toradex SoMs (that I was responsible of) to
Oleksandr because of my resignation from Toradex, as such I will
have no immediate involvement with these modules and as a result not
able to continue maintaining these boards.
CC: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
When booting imx8mp-evk the following allocation error
message is seen:
U-Boot 2021.01-rc3-00200-ge668bec96a5f (Dec 21 2020 - 14:36:42 -0300)
alloc space exhausted
Fix it by increasing CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to 0x10000 like it
is done on other i.MX8MM/8MN boards.
Reported-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Calling ahab_close cmd force the user to interact for confirmation.
This is not user-friendly when using this cmd during factory process.
Allow the user to pass '-y' option to bypass this confirmation.
Signed-off-by: Clément Péron <peron.clem@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Graute <oliver.graute@kococonnector.com>
The current PHY rework does the following things:
1. Configure 125MHz clock
2. Setup the TX clock delay (RX is enabled by default),
3. Setup reserved bits to avoid voltage peak
The clock delays are nowadays already configured by the
PHY driver (in ar803x_delay_config). The code for that
can simply be dropped. The clock speed can also be
configured by the PHY driver by adding the device tree
property "qca,clk-out-frequency".
What is left is setting up the undocumented reserved bits
to avoid the voltage peak problem. I slightly improved its
documentation while updating the board's PHY rework code.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Instead of hardcoding index magic numbers in the board code,
also rely on board_fit_config_name_match choosing the right
config for the fitImage containing the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2021-01-rc5
* In the Standalone MM based implementation of UEFI variables
check the internal OP-TEE return code
When opening an OP-TEE session we need to check the internal return
value of OP-TEE call arguments as well the return code of the
function itself.
The code was also ignoring to close the OP-TEE session in case the
shared memory registration failed.
Fixes: f042e47e8f ("efi_loader: Implement EFI variable handling via OP-TEE")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add a host_build() function, so that it's possible to
check for software being build with USE_HOSTCC without
relying on preprocessor conditions. In other words
#ifdef USE_HOSTCC
host_only_code();
#endif
can be written like this instead:
if (host_build())
host_only_code();
This improves code readability and test coverage and
compiler will eleminate this unreachable code.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After the conversion to device tree the board information becomes
redundant:
Model: Freescale i.MX6 Quad Plus SABRE Smart Device Board
Board: MX6-SabreSD
Remove the printing of the board information.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX8M series includes support for high speed modes in uSDHC controllers.
Turn on corresponding configuration options for EVK boards, which would
enable high speed modes to be included in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
i.MX8M series provide support for high speed grades in their
usdhc controllers, which has eMMC and SDHC connected to them.
Enable this support across the entire i.MX8M family by providing quirks
to usdhc controllers designated by storage media connected to them.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Some SD Card controller and power circuitry has increased capacitance,
which keeps the internal logic remains powered after regulator is switch
off. This is generally the case when card is switched to SD104 mode,
where a power cycle should be performed. In case if the card internal
logic remains powered, it causes a subsequent failure of mode
transition, effectively leading to failed enumeration.
Introduce a delay of 20 msec in order to provide a possibility for
internal card circuitry to drain voltages and perform a power cycle
correctly.
Similar fix is done in commit c49d0ac38a ("ARM: dts: rmobile: Increase
off-on delay on the SD Vcc regulator") targeted Renesas SOCs.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
There have been some updates to the device tree since 5.6.
This also includes some clocks, and makes it easier to keep
board device tree files in sync with Linux
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Fixed wrong PHY Interface Mode
As per kernel commit 0672d22a1924 ("ARM: dts: imx: Fix the AR803X phy-mode)
the correct phy-mode should be "rgmii-id", so fix it accordingly
to fix the Ethernet regression.
This problem has been exposed by commit:
commit 13114f38e2
Fix the phy-mode accordingly to fix the regression.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Graute <oliver.graute@kococonnector.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
The fsp_types.h header file contains macros for building signatures of
different widths. These signature macros are architecture agnostic,
and can be used in all places which use signatures in a data
structure. Move and rename the fsp_types.h under the common include
header.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Travis-CI is changing their support for FOSS (understandably) to have a
limited per-month number of build minutes. Unfortunately for us, the
matrix of jobs we run will exhaust that very quickly. Remove the yml
file. Thanks for all the builds, Travis-CI!
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since linux commit 2e6cde96873253fd9eb0f20afd8ffd18278cff75 ("arm64:
dts: ls1028a: make the eMMC and SD card controllers use fixed indices")
mmc0 is the eMMC and mmc1 is the SD card. Also swap it in u-boot to
avoid any confusion by the user and to be aligned with linux.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2021-01-rc4
* Provide a tool to create a file with UEFI variables to preseed UEFI
variable store.
* Make size of UEFI variable store configurable.
* Add man pages for commands 'bootefi' and 'button'.
tools/efivar.py allows to prepare a file with UEFI variables to preseed
the UEFI variable store.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently the size of the buffer to keep UEFI variables in memory is fixed
at 16384 bytes. This size has proven to be too small for some use cases.
Make the size of the memory buffer for UEFI variables customizable.
Reported-by: Paulo Alcantara (SUSE) <pc@cjr.nz>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
For the proper reboot Odroid-C4 board requires to switch TFLASH_VDD_EN
pin to the high impedance mode, otherwise the board is stuck in the
middle of loading early stages of the bootloader from SD card.
This can be achieved by using the OPEN_DRAIN flag instead if the
ACTIVE_HIGH, what will leave the pin in input to achieve high state (pin
has the pull-up) and solve the issue.
Suggested-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The designware ssi device has "broken" chip select behaviour [1], and needs
specific manipulation to use the built-in chip select. The existing fix is
to use an external GPIO for chip select, but typically the K210 has SPI3
directly connected to a flash chip with dedicated pins. This makes it
impossible to use the spi_xfer function to use spi, since the CS is
de-asserted in between calls. This patch adds an implementation of
exec_op, which gives correct behaviour when reading/writing spi flash.
This patch also rearranges the headers to conform to U-Boot style.
[1] https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/12/23/132
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This documentation has been taken from Linux commit 3d7db0f11c7a ("spi: dw:
Refactor mid_spi_dma_setup() to separate DMA and IRQ config"), immediately
before the file was deleted and replaced with a yaml version. Additional
compatible strings from newer versions have been added, as well as a few
U-Boot-specific ones.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
CTRLR0 can have several different layouts depending on the specific device
(dw-apb-ssi vs dwc-ssi), and specific parameters set during synthesis.
Update the driver to support three specific configurations: dw-apb-ssi with
SSI_MAX_XFER_SIZE=16, dw-apb-ssi with SSI_MAX_XFER_SIZE=32, and dwc-ssi.
dw-apb-ssi is the version of the device on Altera/Intel SoCFPGAs, MSCC
SoCs, and Canaan Kendryte K210 SoCs. This is the only version this driver
supported before this change. The register layout before version 3.23a is:
| 31 .. 16 |
| other stuff |
| 15 .. 10 | 9 .. 8 | 7 .. 6 | 5 .. 4 | 3 .. 0 |
| other stuff | TMOD | MODE | FRF | DFS |
Note that DFS (Data Frame Size) is only 4 bits, limiting transfers to data
frames of 16 bits or less.
In version 3.23a, the SSI_MAX_XFER_SIZE parameter was introduced. This
parameter defaults to 16 (resulting in the same layout as prior versions),
but may also be set to 32. To allow setting longer data frame sizes, a new
DFS_32 register was introduced:
| 31 .. 21 | 20 .. 16 |
| other stuff | DFS_32 |
| 15 .. 10 | 9 .. 8 | 7 .. 6 | 5 .. 4 | 3 .. 0 |
| other stuff | TMOD | MODE | FRF | all zeros |
The old DFS field no longer controls the data frame size. To detect this
layout, we try writing 0xF to DFS. If we read back 0x0, then this device
has SSI_MAX_XFER_SIZE=32.
dwc-ssi is the version of the device on Intel Keem Bay SoCs and Canaan
Kendryte K210 SoCs. The layout of ctrlr0 is:
| 31 .. 16 |
| other stuff |
| 15 .. 12 | 11 .. 10 | 9 .. 8 | 7 .. 6 | 4 .. 0 |
| other stuff | TMOD | MODE | FRF | DFS_32 |
The semantics of the fields have not changed since the previous version.
However, SSI_MAX_XFER_SIZE is effectively always 32.
To support these different layouts, we model our approach on the one
which the Linux kernel has taken. During probe, the driver calls an init
function stored in driver_data. This init function is responsible for
determining the layout of CTRLR0, and supplying the update_cr0 function.
The style of and information behind this commit is based on the Linux MMIO
driver for these devices. Specific reference was made to the series adding
support for Intel Keem Bay SoCs [1].
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/linux-spi/20200505130618.554-1-wan.ahmad.zainie.wan.mohamad@intel.com/
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This adds SoC-specific compatible strings to all users of the designware
spi device. This will allow for the correct driver to be selected for each
device. Where it is publicly documented, a compatible string for the
specific device version has also been added. Devices without
publicly-documented device versions include MSCC SoCs, and Arc Socs. All
compatible strings except those for SoCFPGAs and some of the versioned
strings have been taken from Linux.
Since SSI_MAX_XFER_SIZE is determined at runtime, this is not strictly
necessary. However, it is a good cleanup and brings things closer to Linux.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
A few registers had slightly different names from what is in the datasheet.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This allows different log levels to be enabled or disabled depending on the
desired level of verbosity. In particular, it allows for general debug
information to be printed while excluding more verbose logging which may
interfere with timing.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The resting state of MOSI is high when nothing is driving it. If we drive
it low while recieving, it looks like we are transmitting 0x00 instead of
transmitting nothing. This can confuse slaves (like SD cards) which allow
new commands to be sent over MOSI while they are returning data over MISO.
The return of MOSI from 0 to 1 at the end of recieving a byte can look like
a start bit and a transmission bit to an SD card. This will cause the card
to become out-of-sync with the SPI device, as it thinks the device has
already started transmitting two bytes of a new command. The mmc-spi driver
will not detect the R1 response from the SD card, since it is sent too
early, and offset by two bits. This patch fixes transfer errors when using
SD cards with dw spi.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
U-Boot is able to erase bad mtd blocks on raw nand devices, but this
is not true for spinand flashes. Lets enable this feature for spinand
flashes as well. This is extemelly useful for flash testing.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@oktetlabs.ru>
Currently when marking a block, we use spinand_erase_op() to erase
the block before writing the marker to the OOB area. Doing so without
waiting for the operation to finish can lead to the marking failing
silently and no bad block marker being written to the flash.
In fact we don't need to do an erase at all before writing the BBM.
The ECC is disabled for raw accesses to the OOB data and we don't
need to work around any issues with chips reporting ECC errors as it
is known to be the case for raw NAND.
Fixes: 7529df465248 ("mtd: nand: Add core infrastructure to support SPI NANDs")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-mtd/20200218100432.32433-4-frieder.schrempf@kontron.de
When writing the bad block marker to the OOB area the access mode
should be set to MTD_OPS_RAW as it is done for reading the marker.
Currently this only works because req.mode is initialized to
MTD_OPS_PLACE_OOB (0) and spinand_write_to_cache_op() checks for
req.mode != MTD_OPS_AUTO_OOB.
Fix this by explicitly setting req.mode to MTD_OPS_RAW.
Fixes: 7529df465248 ("mtd: nand: Add core infrastructure to support SPI NANDs")
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-mtd/20200218100432.32433-3-frieder.schrempf@kontron.de
For reading and writing the bad block markers, spinand->oobbuf is
currently used as a buffer for the marker bytes. During the
underlying read and write operations to actually get/set the content
of the OOB area, the content of spinand->oobbuf is reused and changed
by accessing it through spinand->oobbuf and/or spinand->databuf.
This is a flaw in the original design of the SPI NAND core and at the
latest from 13c15e07eedf ("mtd: spinand: Handle the case where
PROGRAM LOAD does not reset the cache") on, it results in not having
the bad block marker written at all, as the spinand->oobbuf is
cleared to 0xff after setting the marker bytes to zero.
To fix it, we now just store the two bytes for the marker on the
stack and let the read/write operations copy it from/to the page
buffer later.
Fixes: 7529df465248 ("mtd: nand: Add core infrastructure to support SPI NANDs")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-mtd/20200218100432.32433-2-frieder.schrempf@kontron.de
Define LOG_CATEGORY and change printf and pr_*
to dev_ (when dev is available) or log_ macro.
This patch adds the support of logging feature with log command
(filtering, display of device name in trace) and allows to
suppress traces via the syslog driver.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Remove the redundant setting for USB_RX_EARLY_SIZE. Besides, for
RTL8153B, it is necessary to notify the hardware of the changes
of the aggregation settings.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
The r8152_eth_probe() may allocate a memory for ss->dev_priv.
It has to be freed if r8152_eth_probe() fails finally.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
For bulk IN transfer, the codes will set ISP flag to request event TRB
being generated by xHC for the case of short packet. So when encountering
buffer-cross-64K-boundary (which we will divide payload and enqueuqe
more than 1 transfer TRB), and the first TRB ends up with a short packet
condition it will trigger an short packet code transfer event per that
flag and cause more than 1 event TRB generated for this transfer.
However, current codes will only handle the first transfer event TRB
then mark current transfer completed, causing next transfer
failure due to event TRB mis-match.
Such issue has been observed on some Layerscape platforms (LS1028A,
LS1088A, etc) with USB ethernet device.
This patch adds a loop to make sure the event TRB for last transfer TRB
has been handled in time.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
DM is the modern default approach for the drivers in U-Boot.
It also allows to configure code via Device Tree.
Move Intel Edison to use DM_USB_GADGET and drop hard coded values.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use generic Synopsys DesignWare 3 driver on Intel Edison.
For now it's just a stub which allows future refactoring.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The platforms based on Intel Tangier may have different requirements
how to create bootloader bundle to supply to a device. Currently
the BINMAN approach is for Intel Edison only.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It appears that U-Boot works by luck on Intel Edison board because the amount
of RAM is less than 1 GB and standard way of calculating the top of it work
for this configuration. However, this won't work if the amount of RAM is
different and split differently in address space. We have to find the suitable
window correctly.
Find proper memory region for relocation by scanning MMAP SFI table in
board_get_usable_ram_top() callback.
According to the address map documentation the Main Memory is guaranteed to lie
in the 0..2 GB range, that's why we limit search by this range.
Fixes: e71de54a49 ("x86: Add Intel Tangier support")
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: fixed a typo in the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Make use of the new bootargs substitution mechanism and zboot command
syntax.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With the updated changes to bootargs substitution[1], the zboot command
needs to be updated to get its command line from an environment variable
instead of a memory address. This is because the command-line string must
be updated to convert %U to ${uuid}, etc.
In any case it is more flexible to use a environment variable and it is
best to do this before the release to avoid a subsequent change.
Update the command accordingly.
[1] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/list/?series=212481
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Documentation fixes for v2020.01-rc4
Move several README files to reStructured text for the HTML documentation.
Describe register for global data on x86.
Allow building HTML documentation with Sphinx 3
Set $devtype for DHCP boot, which can be handy for the boot.scr
for detection of devtype used (for example, when the same boot.scr is
used for both mmc/dhcp boot):
if test ${devtype} = "dhcp"; then
...
fi
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Convert README.bootmenu to reStructured text and move it to
usage/bootmenu.rst.
Adjust the text concerning configuration settings as these now are managed
via Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Convert README.trace to reStructured text and move it to develop/trace.rst.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert README.NetConsole to reStructured text and move it to
doc/usage/netconsole.rst.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reformat README.commands as reStructured text and add it to the HTML
documentation as develop/commands.rst.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Due to removed function c_funcptr_sig_re building with Sphinx 3 fails.
With the patch building succeeds with a lot of warnings if the '-W' flag is
removed from doc/Makefile. Most of the documentation is correct
This follows the approach taken by the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
On x86 the global data pointer is stored in register fs.
On x86_64 no register is used for the global data pointer.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Fix wrong amoswap t1 usage in startup.
- Reset the board after crash.
- Enable distro booting from an attached SCSI disk for QEMU.
- Support the optional header fields in efi header.
This fixes the wrong usage of clrsetbits_le32(), badly setting the set argument.
Fixes: c4c726c26b ("pinctrl: meson: add pinconf support")
Reported-by: Anton Arapov <arapov@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Otto Meier <gf435@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
dwc3_meson_g12a_force_mode() sets the dr-mode of the USB PHY. However
it skips setting the mode if it matches the one done during driver probe
(stored in private structure). This fails if the mode has been changed
to other value and then back to initial one. Fix this by configuring the
dr-mode always, regadless of the one set at the driver probe).
This fixes operation of USB gadget based drivers when they are initialized
for the second time.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
RV32 should use PE32 format instead of PE32+ as the efi header format.
This requires following changes
1. A different header magic value
2. An additional parameter known as BaseOfData. Currently, it is set to
zero in absence of any usage.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
If an exception occurs on ARM or x86, we call panic() which will try to
reset the board. Do the same on RISC-V.
To avoid -Werror=format-zero-length move a '\n' to the string passed to
panic. We don't need a message here as depending on CONFIG_PANIC_HANG we
will either see
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
or
resetting ...
as next message.
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Not s2 register, t1 register is correct
Fortunately, it works because t1 register has a garbage value
Signed-off-by: Brad Kim <brad.kim@semifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas@auer.io>
Reviewed-by: Leo Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Second set of u-boot-atmel fixes for 2021.01 cycle
This set includes very important fixes for: MMC booting on several
boards, drive strength on sam9x60ek mmc lines, compile issues for
timer.c old driver, removal of unwanted access to sam9x60 bit for
oscillator bypass mode, and eeproms read on sama5d2_icp.
The correct compatible for this eeproms is microchip,24aa02e48
The previous compatible string was working up to U-boot 2020.04.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Tested-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@microchip.com>
The USB support is not by default enabled on all designs, so it does not
make seance to have USB specific erratum's enabled on such a designs.
On our internal Hitachi-Powergrids design not using the USB controller
there is a crash when accessing those specific memory locations selected
by the erratum flags.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
If the board isn't strapped to enable USB1 then attempting to access it
will result in a hang. Avoid this by allowing boards to define
CONFIG_USB_MAX_CONTROLLER_COUNT.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
When booting from TF-A there is a logic that attempt to detect if the
default environment is used, if this is the case it then set the
`bootcmd` and `mcinitcmd` depending of the device we booted from.
This detection logic is dubious as it access internals of the env
implementation and it doesn't always work correctly.
First of all it detect any valid environment as not being the
default, so after running `env default -a && saveenv` the board
doesn't boot anymore as `bootcmd` is then empty.
But it also fails in some other ways, for example it always detect a
default environment when redundant env is enabled on MMC, so in that
case `bootcmd` is overwritten on every boot.
Instead of increasing the complexity of the detection just check if
`bootcmd` and `mcinitcmd` are set in the environment and set them if
they are not.
Signed-off-by: Alban Bedel <alban.bedel@aerq.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Check for NULL return value from fdt_getprop() in
fdt_fixup_remove_jr()
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Singh <priyanka.singh@nxp.com>
[Fixed checkpatch errors/warnings]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Fixes: commit 8ec619f8fd ("pci: layerscape: Fixup PCIe EP
mode DT nodes for LX2160A rev2")
This added the PCIe EP nodes fixup of LX2160A, but it
didn't update the condition value when there isn't a
property 'apio-wins'.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[Fixed checkpatch error]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable support to compile OPTEE driver, access AVB TA
and RPMB API's access via RPC from OPTEE for lx2162
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
LX2162 is LX2160 based SoC, it has same die as of LX2160
with different packaging.
LX2162A support 64-bit 2.9GT/s DDR4 memory, i2c, micro-click module,
microSD card, eMMC support, serial console, qspi nor flash, qsgmii,
sgmii, 25g, 40g, 50g network interface, one usb 3.0 and serdes
interface to support three PCIe gen3 interface.
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Aggarwal <meenakshi.aggarwal@nxp.com>
[Fixed whitespace errors]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Move CORTINA_NO_FW_UPLOAD to Kconfig file so that it can
be controlled via defconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Aggarwal <meenakshi.aggarwal@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
resource "config" is required to have minimum 4KB space
to access all config space of PCI Express EP.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add label to pcie nodes in dts so that these nodes
are easy to refer.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add label to pcie nodes in dts so that these nodes
are easy to refer.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add label to pcie nodes in dts so that these nodes
are easy to refer.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add label to pcie nodes in dts so that these nodes
are easy to refer.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add label to pcie nodes in dts so that these nodes
are easy to refer.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add label to pcie nodes in dts so that these nodes
are easy to refer.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add label to pcie nodes in dts so that these nodes
are easy to refer.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
- Manage CONFIG_ENV_EXT4_DEVICE_AND_PART in stm32mp1 board
- Update ARM STI and ARM STM STM32MP Arch maintainers emails
- Enable internal pull-ups for SDMMC1 on DHCOM SoM
The STM32MP1 DHCOM SoM can be built with either bus voltage level shifter
or without one on the SDMMC1 interface. Because the SDMMC1 interface is
limited to 50 MHz and hence SD high-speed anyway, disable the SD feedback
clock to permit operation of the same U-Boot image on both SoM with and
without voltage level shifter.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The default state of SD bus and clock line is logical HI. SD card IO is
open-drain and pulls the bus lines LO. Always enable the SD bus pull ups
to guarantee this behavior on DHCOM SoM. Note that on SoMs with SD bus
voltage level shifter, the pull ups are built into the level shifter,
however that has no negative impact.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Check whether user has explicitly defined device and partition where
environment file will be located before using 'auto' i.e. bootable
partition
Voids the need to set such partition as bootable to work with the
'dev:auto' tuple
Signed-off-by: Manuel Reis <mluis.reis@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Tested-by: Michael Opdenacker <michael.opdenacker@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
- Espressobin: Simplify DT handling of board variants (Pali)
- Add Luka Perkov to maintainers of Puzzle-M801 (Luka)
- Armada 38x: Enable board specific USB2 high-speed impedance
threshold configuration (Joshua)
Use the full name of firmware self extracting file to make it run.
Also, don't use sudo when not needed.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Remove the parsing of atmel,main-osc-bypass DT property as the SAM9X60
have no support for crystal oscillator bypass. Setting this bit might
affect the device functionality.
Fixes: a64862284f ("clk: at91: sam9x60: add support compatible with CCF")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Try to initialize emmc in board_late_init() and if it fails then we know
that emmc device is not connected.
This allows to use in U-Boot just one DTS file for all Espressobin variants
and also to correctly set fdtfile env variable for Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Gérald Kerma <gerald@gk2.net>
Reviewed-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
To simplify setup, configuration and compilation of u-boot, define emmc
node for all Espressobin boards. Espressobin boards without populated emmc
works correctly, just detection and initialization of emmc obviously fails.
Code for emmc is extracted from commit f1a43c84a9 ("arm64: dts: a3720:
add support for espressobin with populated emmc").
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Gérald Kerma <gerald@gk2.net>
Hardware testing of a board using the Armada 385 has shown that an
impedance threshold setting of 0x7 performs better in an eye-diagram
test than with Marvell's recommended value 0x6.
As other boards may still perform better with Marvell's reccomended value,
a configuration option is added with a default value of 0x6.
Signed-off-by: Joshua Scott <joshua.scott@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Introduce weak function board_mem_get_layout() which allows overriding
the memory layout from board code in runtime, useful for handling
different SKU versions.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
This commit adds initial support for the Toradex Apalis iMX8X 2GB WB
IT V1.1A System on Module support [1].
Boot log:
U-Boot 2020.10-02940-g894aebb7e8-dirty (Oct 22 2020 - 09:43:57 +0300)
CPU: NXP i.MX8QXP RevB A35 at 1200 MHz at 30C
DRAM: 2 GiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1
Loading Environment from MMC... OK
In: serial@5a070000
Out: serial@5a070000
Err: serial@5a070000
Model: Toradex Apalis iMX8 QuadXPlus 2GB Wi-Fi / BT IT V1.1A,
Serial# 06617018
Net: eth0: ethernet@5b040000 [PRIME]
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Functionality wise the following is known to be working:
- eMMC and MMC/SD card
- Ethernet (*)
- GPIOs
- I2C
Unfortunately, there is no USB functionality for the i.MX 8QXP as of
yet.
* With the SCU FW from the latest Toradex BSP 5.0.0 (SCU FW 1.5.1)
ETH PHY encounters bring up problems after reset, this will be fixed
soon on SCU FW side.
[1] https://www.toradex.com/computer-on-modules/apalis-arm-family/nxp-imx-8x
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
the mem_map structure containing the size of SDRAM is used in various
cache functions in cache_v8.c thus we need to update it with the
sdram size the board is configured with as well. Without this
the cache functions do not get setup properly and can hang
in the case where a board reports more SDRAM than defined in
PHYS_SDRAM_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Implement board_phys_sdram_size() to automatically detect Verdin iMX8M
Mini DualLite 1GB vs. Verdin iMX8M Mini Quad 2GB.
Note: This only works if we keep using similar RAM chips!
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Now with them first Verdin iMX8M Mini DualLite modules in for bring-up
we got clarity how is_cpu_type() actually behaves.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
The I2C address is 0x25, not 0x35. This according to the datasheet and
tests with a PCA9450A.
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
For imx usdhc/esdhc, once set the DDR_EN, enable the DDR mode, the
card clock will be divied by 2 automatically by the host. So need
to first config the DDR_EN correctly, then update the card clock.
This will make sure the actual card clock is as our expected.
IC also suggest config the DDR_EN firstly, then config the clock
divider.
For HS400/HS400ES mode, need to config the strobe dll, this need
to based on the correct target clock rate, so need to do this after
clock rate is update.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Set `bootcause' from b850v3 power management watchdog status.
Boot cause "REVERT" is no longer used, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Use VPD product ID instead of confidx, so that we can easily reuse the
product ID defines and avoid some magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Remove pinmux defines, that are no longer used after
converting the code to devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Commit f692b479f0 changed the VPD partition name from "vpd" to
"vpd@0". Fix the VPD reader code to use the new name, so that
the VPD code keeps working.
Fixes: f692b479f0 ("i2c: eeprom: Use reg property instead of offset and size")
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Fix the following warning:
arch/arm/mach-imx/imx8/ahab.c:105:3: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘flush_dcache_range’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
flush_dcache_range(s, e);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Include cpu_func.h header which declares the flush_dcache_range()
function.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Graute <oliver.graute@kococonnector.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
arch/arm/mach-imx/imx8/ahab.c: In function ‘authenticate_os_container’:
arch/arm/mach-imx/imx8/ahab.c:96:9: warning: format ‘%x’ expects argument of type
‘unsigned int’, but argument 9 has type ‘ulong {aka long unsigned int}’ [-Wformat=]
debug("img %d, dst 0x%x, src 0x%x, size 0x%x\n",
Fix those by using "%lu" specified.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Graute <oliver.graute@kococonnector.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
arch/arm/mach-imx/imx8/ahab.c:110:63: warning: format ‘%x’ expects
argument of type ‘unsigned int’, but argument 2 has type ‘u64 {aka long
long unsigned int}’ [-Wformat=]
Fix those by using %llx
Signed-off-by: Oliver Graute <oliver.graute@kococonnector.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
This patch fixes this clk issue on I2C on imx8qm
=> i2c bus
Bus 3: i2c@5a830000
=> i2c dev 3
Setting bus to 3
Failed to enable ipg clk
Failure changing bus number (-524)
Signed-off-by: Oliver Graute <oliver.graute@kococonnector.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Removed aristainetos2, 2b, 2b-csl. This boards have been
recalled and destroyed.
Adapt board code to remove stuff not needed anymore.
Fix checkpatch warning, remove fdt_high and initrd_high
from default environment.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
zu remove
Activate ARCH_SUPPORT_PSCI as other TEGRA124 target and remove
CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI and CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI_NR_CPUS in configs file as they
are migrated in Kconfig.
Select CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI_0_1 (the first PSCI version),
because CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI_0_2 and CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI_1_0
are not activated in this product.
Hi,
This patch depend on the previous serie [1].
I don't test this patch on real hardware but
after this patch the size of the binary don't change.
In .config we have:
CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORT_PSCI=y
CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI=y
# CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI_1_0 is not set
# CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI_0_2 is not set
CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI_0_1=y
CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI_NR_CPUS=4
In u-boot.cfg, this patch only add the 2 lines
#define CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORT_PSCI 1
#define CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI_0_1 1
[1] "Convert CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI_1_0 and CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI_0_2 to Kconfig"
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/list/?series=184029
Regards
Patrick
END
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Chubb <peter.chubb@data61.csiro.au>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Upstream linux DT naming doesn't align with the U-Boot DT, which may
not always be the case so this allows using BOOTENV_EFI_SET_FDTFILE_FALLBACK
where it might be appropriate for some boards.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
For booting via UEFI we need to define the fdtfile option so
bootefi has the option to load a fdtfile from disk. For arm64
the kernel dtb is located in a vendor directory so we define
that as nvidia for that architecture.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Use gpio_early_init_uart() function to disable RS232 serial transceiver
ForceOFF# pins on Iris.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Avoid UART input from floating RX pins on UARTB and UARTC (Colibri T30)
and UARTB, UARTC and UARTD (Apalis T30).
Note: Floating pins may cause spurious break conditions potentially
interrupting U-Boot's autoboot.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Fix SPI1 and UART2/3 resp. UARTB/C pinmuxing.
Note: The former was illegally muxing multiple SoC balls onto the same
internal SoC signal which caused rather strange behaviour regarding
the RS232 serial transceiver ForceOFF# pins as available on Iris.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Add pinmuxing comment stating that TRISTATE means the output driver is
tri-stated and INPUT means the input driver is enabled vs. OUTPUT where
it is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
The Kontron SMARC-sAL28 board uses that flash.
This is the same change as in the linux commit f3418718c0ec ("mtd:
spi-nor: Add support for w25q32jwm").
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reported-by: Leo Krueger <leo.krueger@zal.aero>
Since update_flash() is used only in update_tftp(), it should be
guarded with appropriate config options.
After the commit 3149e524fc, common/update.c will be built under
either CONFIG_UDATE_TFTP, CONFIG_DFU_TFTP or CONFIG_UPDATE_FIT.
Since CONFIG_UPDATE_FIT, hence fit_update(), doesn't rely on
update_flash(), the compiler may cause an "unused" warning if
CONFIG_UPDATE_FIT=y and CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP=n and CONFIG_DFU_TFTP=n.
This is, for example, the case for sandbox defconfig where
EFI_CAPSULE_FIRMWARE_FIT is enabled for test purpose.
Fixes: 3149e524fc ("common: update: add a generic interface for FIT
image")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
This comment is in the wrong format, so reports an error with
'make htmldocs'. Fix it.
Fixes: a294ead8d2 ("dm: Use an allocated array for run-time device info")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This comment is in the wrong format, so reports an error with
'make htmldocs'. Fix it.
Fixes: b73d61a556 ("x86: zimage: Add a little more logging")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
It seems nobody tested the debug() option in spin_lock_irqsave().
Currently, when #define DEBUG, it spoils the compiler with
In file included from drivers/usb/dwc3/gadget.c:18:
drivers/usb/dwc3/gadget.c: In function ‘dwc3_gadget_set_selfpowered’:
include/log.h:235:4: warning: ‘flags’ is used uninitialized in this function [-Wuninitialized]
235 | printf(pr_fmt(fmt), ##args); \
| ^~~~~~
drivers/usb/dwc3/gadget.c:1347:17: note: ‘flags’ was declared here
1347 | unsigned long flags;
| ^~~~~
and so on...
Drop useless debug() call to make compiler happy.
Fixes: 0c06db5983 ("lib, linux: move linux specific defines to linux/compat.h")
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Andrushchenko <oleksandr_andrushchenko@epam.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
timeout should be in "millisecond" instead of second,
so divided it by 1000 when calculate the load value.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Qiang <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
The origin patch didn't have this change and it was caused by manual
resolution where additional backslash was added.
Fixes: 6723b4c6ca ("binman: Call helper function binman_set_rom_offset() to fill offset")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The test should be checking whether $flags are non-zero and $drv_flags
contain specific flags, however these two sets of flags are separate,
and the two tests should be logically ANDed, not bitwise ANDed.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit 6900797678 ("cros_ec: Support keyboard scanning with
EC_CMD_GET_NEXT_EVENT") the cros-ec-keyb driver has started using this
command, but the sandbox EC emulator does not recognize it and
continuously prints:
** Unknown EC command 0x67
This patch makes the sandbox driver send basic responses to the command,
but the response only supports keyboard scans for now.
The EC side of this command stores and returns events from a queue, and
returns -EC_RES_UNAVAILABLE when there are no new events. This should be
possible to implement by hooking into the SDL event queue (perhaps via
sandbox_sdl_poll_events). Implementing that is a bit harder to do since
the existing sandbox code is discarding pending keyboard events, then
reading the current keyboard state.
Since the EC emulator never explicitly fails to work on this command,
the fallback to the older command will not trigger and will not be
tested anymore.
Fixes: 6900797678 ("cros_ec: Support keyboard scanning with EC_CMD_GET_NEXT_EVENT")
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if CROSS_COMPILE contains a tilde, such as
~/.buildman-toolchains/gcc-7.3.0-nolibc/i386-linux/bin/i386-linux-gcc
then binman gives a confusing error:
binman: Error 255 running '~/..buildman-toolchains/gcc-7.3.0- ...
Fix this by expanding it out before running the tool.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a tool to update or insert an Octeon specific header into the U-Boot
image. This is needed e.g. for booting via SPI NOR, eMMC and NAND.
While working on this, move enum cvmx_board_types_enum and
cvmx_board_type_to_string() to cvmx-bootloader.h and remove the
unreferenced (unsupported) board definition.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Using ram_get_info() is complicated and does not work after relocation.
Now that gd->ram_size holds the full RAM size, let's use it instead and
remove the ram_get_size logic completely.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
With this patch, gd->ram_size now holds to full RAM size detected by the
DDR init code. It introduces the get_effective_memsize() function to
report the maximum usable RAM size in U-Boot to the system instead.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Don't use "platdata_auto_alloc_size" but "priv_auto_alloc_size" instead
to auto allocate the private data struct, which is referenced via
dev_get_priv() in this driver. This fixes an ugly bug detected while
trying to boot via SPI NOR.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Octeon has a specific boot header, when booted via SPI NOR, NAND or MMC.
Here the only 2 instructions are allowed in the first few bytes of the
image. And these instructions need to be one branch and a nop. This
patch adds the necessary nop after the nop, to that the common MIPS
image is compatible with this Octeon header.
The tool to patch the Octeon boot header into the image will be send in
a follow-up patch.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2021-01-rc3 (3)
The following errors are corrected:
* Linux crash when accessing UEFI variables at runtime.
* UEFI variable using standalone MM on 32 bit systems
not working due to missing packing of communication
structure
* NULL dereference when FAT16 root directory is full
* FAT files with a short file name starting with 0xE5 (0x05 in directory
entry) where treated as deleted.
The UEFI SetTime() service is enabled on ARM QEMU.
commit 1fabfeef506c ("efi_loader: parameter check in GetNextVariableName()")
introduces a check using u16_strnlen(). This code is used on EFI
runtime variables as well, so unless we mark it as runtime, the kernel
will crash trying to access it.
Fixes: 1fabfeef506c ("efi_loader: parameter check in GetNextVariableName()")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Enable EFI_SET_TIME on the sandbox and QEMU ARM to ensure that we compile
and test the relevant code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Using constants instead of anonymous numbers increases code readability.
Fixes: 704df6aa0a ("fs: fat: refactor write interface for a file offset")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
0x05 is used as replacement letter for 0xe5 at the first position of short
file names. We must not skip over directory entries starting with 0x05.
Cf. Microsoft FAT Specification, August 30 2005
Fixes: 39606d462c ("fs: fat: handle deleted directory entries correctly")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When trying to create a file in the full root directory of a FAT32
filesystem a NULL dereference can be observed.
When the root directory of a FAT16 filesystem is full fill_dir_slot() must
return -1 to signal that a new directory entry could not be allocated.
Fixes: cd2d727fff ("fs: fat: allocate a new cluster for root directory of fat32")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
At present if CONFIG_RESET is not enabled, this code shows a warning:
designware_i2c_ofdata_to_platdata() i2c_designware_pci i2c2@16,0:
Can't get reset: -524
Avoid this by checking if reset is supported, first.
Fixes: 622597dee4 ("i2c: designware: add reset ctrl to driver")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The hidden I2C slave is also present on the Armada 8k AP806. Testing
shows that this I2C slave causes the same issues as Armada 38x.
Disabling that I2C slave fixes all these issues.
I2C blocks on the Armada 8k CP110 are not affected.
Extend the I2C slave disable to Armada 8k as well.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Regulator can be set to "always-on".
It's not error about enable/disable. It needs to check about
its condition.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
For eMMC HS400 mode, the DLL reset is a required step for mmc rescan.
This step has not been documented in reference manual, but the RM will
be fixed sooner or later.
In previous commit to support eMMC HS400,
db8f936 mmc: fsl_esdhc: support eMMC HS400 mode
the steps to configure DLL could be found in commit message,
13. Set DLLCFG0[DLL_ENABLE] and DLLCFG0[DLL_FREQ_SEL].
14. Wait for delay chain to lock.
these would be fixed as,
13. Set DLLCFG0[DLL_ENABLE] and DLLCFG0[DLL_FREQ_SEL].
13.1 Write DLLCFG0[DLL_RESET] to 1 and wait for 1us,
then write DLLCFG0[DLL_RESET]
14. Wait for delay chain to lock.
This patch is to add the step of DLL reset, and make sure delay chain
locked for HS400.
Fixes: db8f93672b ("mmc: fsl_esdhc: support eMMC HS400 mode")
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The initial clock setting should be through sysctl register only,
while the mmc_set_clock() will call mmc_set_ios() introduce other
configurations like bus width, mode, and so on.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
All of the existing quirks add retries to various calls of mmc_send_cmd.
mmc_send_cmd_quirks is a helper function to do this retrying behavior. It
checks if quirks mode is enabled, and if a specific quirk is activated it
retries on error.
This also adds mmc_send_cmd_retry, which retries on error every time
(instead of if a quirk is activated).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The AT91 architecture now has two possible timer blocks, the old PIT timer
and the new PIT64B.
The timer.c file has an old non DM driver that works for platforms
that do not use the ATMEL_PIT_TIMER DM-based driver.
Update the Makefile to select this old driver in case neither of the
ATMEL_PIT_TIMER and the MCHP_PIT64B_TIMER are selected.
Suggested-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
SAMA7G5 uses CCF driver under drivers/clk/at91/ and not the custom older
at91 clock.c driver. Remove it from the compilation list and adapt cpu.c
arch_cpu_init() to avoid calling at91_clock_init() which is wrong
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Align the pin setup for sdhci0 with linux kernel.
This means to have slew rate enable and high drive strength.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
If the clock driver does not offer a clk_enable ops, then the system will
return -ENOSYS.
The clk_enable works with CCF (common clock framework).
Some clocks in some cases (like the generic clock for some products: sama5d2)
do not have the clk_enable primitive, and in this case probing of the driver
will fail.
This patch changes the behavior to return an error in case there is really
an error, and not a missing primitive.
If the clock driver does not have an enable primitive, most likely clocks
are always enabled or enabled in the set_rate primitives.
Fixes: 81f16438d4 ("mmc: atmel-sdhci: enable the required generic clock")
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
- STM32 MCU's DT update
- Add DHCOM based STM32MP15x PicoITX board
- Correct ALIGN macro usage for on syram for SPL dcache support
- Fixes on DHCOM: uSD card-detect GPIO and Drop QSPI CS2
- Fix compilation issue for spl_mmc_boot_partition
- Fix MTD partitions for serial boot
- Add support of MCU HOLD BOOT with reset for stm32 remoteproc
(prepare alligneent with kernel DT)
- Correct bias information and support in STM32 soc and STMFX
- Support optional vbus in usbphyc
- Update FIT examples to avoid kernel zImage relocation before decompression
Update kernel load address for FIT examples to avoid relocation:
- Kernel example uses Image.gz with U-Boot gzip decompression
at final kernel location 0x0xC0008000.
- Copro example loads zImage at a correct location (0xC4000000),
to avoid zImage relocation before decompression by kernel code.
An other solution to avoid zImage relocation is to align
the kernel load and entry address with the real location in FIT
(the relocation of zImage is skipped in U-Boot bootm command for
identical address) but it is less flexible because this offset
depends on FIT content:
For example:
## Loading kernel from FIT Image at c2000000 ...
Using 'ev1' configuration
Trying 'kernel' kernel subimage
Description: Linux kernel
Created: 2020-10-22 9:08:32 UTC
Type: Kernel Image
Compression: uncompressed
Data Start: 0xc20000cc
The kernel offset in FIT is 0xCC in FIT and zImage is decompressed at
0xC0008000 by kernel code:
kernel {
description = "Linux kernel";
data = /incbin/("zImage");
type = "kernel";
arch = "arm";
os = "linux";
compression = "none";
load = <0xC20000cc>;
entry = <0xC20000cc>;
hash-1 {
algo = "sha1";
};
};
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch adds support for optional vbus regulator.
It is managed on phy_power_on/off calls and may be needed for host mode.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Update pin name to avoid duplicated name with SOC GPIO
gpio0...gpio15 / agpio0....agpio7: add a stmfx prefix.
This pin name can be used in pinmux command.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The device name is used in pinmux command and in log trace
so it is better to use the parent parent name ("stmfx@42" for
example) than a generic name ("pinctrl" or "stmfx-gpio")
to identify the device instance.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Use the bias configuration for all the GPIO configurations and not
only for input GPIO, as indicated in Reference manual
(Table 81. Port bit configuration table).
Fixes: 43efbb6a3e ("gpio: stm32: add ops get_dir_flags")
Fixes: f13ff88b61 ("gpio: stm32: add ops set_dir_flags")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Display the bias information for input gpios or AF configuration,
and not only for output pin, as described in Reference manual
(Table 81. Port bit configuration table).
Fixes: da7a0bb1f2 ("pinctrl: stm32: add information on pin configuration")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The coprocessor is running as soon as the hold boot is de-asserted.
So indicate this running state and save the resource table even
if the protective assert, to avoid autonomous reboot, is failed.
This error case should never occurs.
Cc: Fabien DESSENNE <fabien.dessenne@st.com>
Cc: Arnaud POULIQUEN <arnaud.pouliquen@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Use the reset function to handle the hold boot bit in RCC
with device tree handle with MCU_HOLD_BOOT identifier.
This generic reset allows to remove the two specific properties:
- st,syscfg-holdboot
- st,syscfg-tz
This patch prepares alignment with kernel device tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Fabien DESSENNE <fabien.dessenne@st.com>
Cc: Arnaud POULIQUEN <arnaud.pouliquen@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Handle the register RCC_MP_GCR without SET/CLR registers
but with a direct access to bit BOOT_MCU:
- deassert => set the bit: The MCU will not be in HOLD_BOOT
- assert => clear the bit: The MCU will be set in HOLD_BOOT
With this patch the RCC driver handles the MCU_HOLD_BOOT_R value
added in binding stm32mp1-resets.h
Cc: Fabien DESSENNE <fabien.dessenne@st.com>
Cc: Arnaud POULIQUEN <arnaud.pouliquen@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Remove the update of the MTD partitions in kernel device tree
for serial boot (USB / UART), and the kernel will use the MTD
partitions define in the loaded DTB because U-Boot can't known the
expected flash layout in this case.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
spl_mmc_boot_partition is only defined when
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_USE_PARTITION is defined.
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@posteo.net>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add DT for DH PicoITX unit, which is a bare-bones carrier board for
the DHCOM. The board has ethernet port, USB, CAN, LEDs and a custom
board-to-board expansion connector.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Correct the ALIGN macro usage in mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour
call: the address must use ALIGN_DOWN and size can use ALIGN macro.
With STM32_SYSRAM_BASE=0x2FFC0000 and MMU_SECTION_SIZE=0x100000 for
STM32MP15x the computed address was 30000000 instead of 2ff00000.
Fixes: 43fe9d2fda ("stm32mp1: mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Commit 4b2be78ab6 ("time: Fix get_ticks being non-monotonic")
puts in evidence that get_ticks is called before timer initialization.
Fix it by initializing timer before relocation.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Since kernel v4.8-rc1, commit 05b23ebc2bd9 ("ARM: dts: armv7-m: remove skeleton.dtsi include"),
skeleton.dtsi file is no more included.
This synchronization is needed to avoid to get 2 memory node
in DTB file if, in DTS file, memory node is declared with the correct
syntax as following:
memory@90000000 {
device_type = "memory";
reg = <0x90000000 0x800000>;
};
Then in DTB, we will have the 2 memory nodes, which is incorrect and
cause misbehavior during DT parsing by U-boot:
memory {
device_type = "memory";
reg = <0x00 0x00>;
};
memory@90000000 {
device_type = "memory";
reg = <0x90000000 0x800000>;
};
Issue found when synchronizing MCU's STM32 DT from kernel v5.10-rc1.
When using fdtdec_setup_mem_size_base() or fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize()
API, first above memory node is found (with reg = <0x00 0x00>), so
gd->ram_size, gd->ram_base, gd->bd->bi_dram[bank].start and
gd->bd->bi_dram[bank].size are all set to 0 which avoid boards to boot.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
If CONFIG_PHY is not enabled then the dwc3_setup_phy()
returns ENOTSUPP which can be still valid and intentional
so modify error check to handle this -ENOTSUPP.
The same error handling exists in drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c already
added by commit d648a50c0a ("dwc3: move phy operation to core.c").
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
On some board, the ID pin is not connected so the B session must be
overridden with "u-boot,force_b_session_valid" but the VBus sensing
must continue to be handle.
To managed it, this patch adds a new DT field
"u-boot,force-vbus-detection" to use with "u-boot,force_b_session_valid"
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This driver supports both RZ/G2H and R-Car H3 SoCs.
Optimize pinctrl image size for RZ/G2H, when support for R-Car H3
(R8A7795) is not enabled
Based on the similar patch on Linux.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
This driver supports both RZ/G2N and R-Car M3-N SoCs.
Optimize pinctrl image size for RZ/G2N, when support for R-Car M3-N
(R8A77965) is not enabled.
Based on the simialr patch on Linux.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
This driver supports both RZ/G2M and R-Car M3-W/W+ SoCs.
Optimize pinctrl image size for RZ/G2M, when support for R-Car M3-W/W+
(R8A7796[01]) is not enabled.
Based on the similar patch on Linux.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Renesas RZ/G2H (r8a774e1) is pin compatible with R-Car H3 (r8a77951),
however it doesn't have several automotive specific peripherals. Add
a r8a77951 specific pin groups/functions along with common pin
groups/functions for supporting both r8a77951 and r8a774e1 SoC.
PFC changes are synced from mainline linux-5.9 commit
bbf5c979011a ("Linux 5.9").
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Renesas RZ/G2N (r8a774b1) is pin compatible with R-Car M3-N (r8a77965),
however it doesn't have several automotive specific peripherals. Add
a r8a77965 specific pin groups/functions along with common pin
groups/functions for supporting both r8a77965 and r8a774b1 SoC.
PFC changes are synced from mainline linux-5.9 commit
bbf5c979011a ("Linux 5.9").
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2021-01-rc3 (2)
The parameter check for UEFI service GetNextVariableName() is corrected.
The dependencies of CONFIG_DFU_TFTP are simplified.
The set of supported hash algorithms reported by the EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL is
corrected.
If GetNextVariableName() is called with a non-existing combination of
VariableName and VendorGuid, return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
If GetNextVariableName() is called with a string that is not zero
terminated, return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
Reformat a line over 80 characters.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Since CONFIG_UPDATE_COMMON always selects CONFIG_DFU_WRITE_ALT, we can
drop the latter from dependencies of CONFIG_DFU_TFTP.
Fixes: 3149e524fc ("common: update: add a generic interface for FIT
image")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Xilinx changes for v2021.01-rc3
Microblaze:
- Enable GC
- Get rid of xparameters.h and switch to DT for CFI
- Fix config file
tpm:
- Fix TPM code
zynqmp:
- Enable TPM by default
- Remove unused macros
fru:
- Several fixes especially use limit for recording
If customs fields in board area are used it will likely go over allocated
space in struct fru_board_data. That's why calculate limit of this
structure to make sure that different data is not rewritten by accident.
When limit is reached stop to record fields.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
capture variable is bool which is just one byte and it is just causing
unaligned accesses. Better to have it as last entry in the structure.
It also simplify offset calculation for initial header copy.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no reason to have these macros. But record offsets of missing
register in the structure for future use.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no need for GD to be used and priv variable is unused.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove fixed configuration and detect flash based on DT.
Also increase amount of flash sectors to 2048 because on kc705 flash has
1027 sectors.
Bank # 1: CFI conformant flash (16 x 16) Size: 128 MB in 1027 Sectors
Intel Extended command set, Manufacturer ID: 0x89, Device ID: 0x8962
Erase timeout: 4096 ms, write timeout: 2 ms
Buffer write timeout: 5 ms, buffer size: 1024 bytes
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
XIP is not enabled in SPL. SPL_NOR is enabled but any macro setting with
using SYS_FLASH_BASE are wrong because it is not aligned with DM.
That's why change these macro and align them with TEXT_BASE macro.
Information should be find at run time based on DT but implementation is
not done yet.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no need to use this file anymore. Include it in main config file
and simplify logic based on it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable caches by default. For now just simplify config file but it should
be read from DT or PVRs.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
A lot of configs has been moved to Kconfig and it ends up in ifdef mess
with no bodies. That's why remove all of them.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
GCC's garbage collector works for Microblaze for quite a long time but none
has enabled it.
The same change has be done for example by commit fac4790491 ("arc:
Eliminate unused code and data with GCC's garbage collector").
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
588760 33592 39192 661544 a1828 u-boot
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
504504 32164 38608 575276 8c72c u-boot
Which saves almost 15% of memory footprint.
Also group symbols/functions to proper section.
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
offset is the offset in the file read, not the offset in the destination
buffer.
If the offset is not null, this will lead to a memory corruption.
So, for now, we are returning an error if the offset is used.
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@posteo.net>
sqfs_decompressor_init() returns a value, so it's better to use it than
to force the return value to EINVAL (it could be ENOMEM)
Reviewed-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@posteo.net>
Resetting the context on error will prevent some checks like:
if (!ctx.cur_dev)
To pass when the probe method has failed
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@posteo.net>
finfo.blk_sizes may not be freed in case of error in the for loop
Setting it to null and freeing it at the end makes prevents that from
happening.
Reviewed-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@posteo.net>
if sqfs_tokenize(rel_tokens, rc, rel); fails, the function exits
without freeing the array base_tokens.
Reviewed-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@posteo.net>
the return value of sqfs_tokenize(rel_tokens, rc, rel); wasn't checked.
(but "ret" value was !)
This is obviouly a typo.
Reviewed-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@posteo.net>
sqfs_closedir() should be called to free memory allocated by
sqfs_opendir()
Reviewed-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@posteo.net>
path, target, res, rem and sym_tokens were not free on error nor success.
Reviewed-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@posteo.net>
Using only one label permits to prevents bugs when moving code around.
Reviewed-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@posteo.net>
add missing squashfs function to prevent dangling or null pointers.
For exemple, when calling test [ -e somefile ], squashfs.exists may be
called.
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@posteo.net>
Reviewed-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
In show_dir() if we hit a ROOT_ITEM, we can exit with uninitialized
@ret.
Fix it by initializing it to 0.
Reported-by: Coverity CID 312955
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
In btrfs_lookup_path() the local variable @type should always be updated
after we hit any file/dir.
But if @filename is NULL from the very beginning, then we don't
initialize it and return it directly.
To prevent such problem from happening, we initialize @type to
BTRFS_FT_UNKNOWN.
For normal execution route, it will get updated for each filename we
resolved.
Buf if we didn't find any path, we check if the type is still FT_UNKNOWN
and ret == 0. If true we know there is something wrong, just return
-EUCLEAN to inform the caller.
Reported-by: Coverity CID 312958
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
I've created a squashfs file system with Yocto (it use squashfs-tools)
and u-boot command sqfsls give the error:'Error while searching inode:
unknown type.'
After some digging in the code I found that the index is off by 1.
This patch fix this issue and I can successful use the sqfsls command.
After search for the squashfs format I found a link talk about a
similar issue but this time in the documentation. The link is:
https://github.com/AgentD/squashfs-tools-ng/commit/e6588526838caece9529
Signed-off-by: Gerard Koskamp <gerard.koskamp@nedap.com>
Tested-by: Joao Marcos Costa <joaomarcos.costa@bootlin.com>
This change sets the output (hardware) polarity register instead of the
input (software) polarity register for the bcm6858 LED controller. The
logic was inverted (a LED configued active high behaved as active low).
Signed-off-by: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Also change back SYS_MEMTEST_END to 0x00f00000. 0xe00000 was wrong and
introduced due to the global Kconfig migration of this option in u-boot.
CC: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachi-powergrids.com>
The -i option of the dumpimage tool has been removed so it should no
longer be documented in the README file. Refer readers to the tool's
help output rather than maintain a copy of the usage in the README.
Finally, adjust the example dumpfile invocation in imagetool.h to use
the -o option instead of the removed -i option.
Fixes: 12b831879a ("tools: dumpimage: Simplify arguments")
Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.microsoft.com>
Cc: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Acked-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
In the function get_random_data, strerrno is called with
the variable ret (which is the return of the function
clock_gettime). It should be called with errnor. This
commit fixes this mistake.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 312956)
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
According to the manpage of rand, it is recommended
to use random instead of rand. This commit updates
the function get_random_data to use random.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 312953)
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Re-submitted because of missing description and signed-off.
flags reset in board_init caused bugs when executing command like editenv
because the reallocated flag was lost.
Tested-by: Michael Opdenacker <michael.opdenacker@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Aujon Chevallier <arnaud@intelibre.fr>
The function mmc_offset_try_partition searches the MMC partition for
locating environment data, by comparing the partition names with config
"u-boot,mmc-env-parition". However, it only compares the first word-size
bytes (size of 'const char *'), which may make the function to find
unintended partition.
Correct the function not to partially compare the partition name with
config "u-boot,mmc-env-partition".
Fixes: c9e87ba665 ("env: Save environment at the end of an MMC partition")
Signed-off-by: Hoyeonjiki Kim <jigi.kim@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
I2C and SCCB previously shared defaults. However, SCCB needs OE_INV and
IE_INV set, but I2C cannot have those bits set. This adds a separate
default for SCCB.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Damien Le Moal <Damien.LeMoal@wdc.com>
How to add an emulated disk to QEMU may not be known to the user.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Allow attaching a virtual SATA disk to QEMU RISC-V by implying
AHCI, AHCI_PCI, CMD_SCSI, DM_SCSI, PCI_INIT_R, SCSI, SCSI_AHCI.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Sort implied options in BOARD_SPECIFIC_OPTIONS in the same sequence as in
.config.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
This commit imports device tree files that are related to Allwinner V3
series from Linux commit 3650b228f83a ("Linux 5.10-rc1").
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The reference design of Allwinner V3 series uses an
AXP203 or AXP209 PMIC attached to the I2C0 bus of the SoC, although the
first community-available V3s board, Lichee Pi Zero, omitted it.
Allow to introduce support for the PMIC on boards with it.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
A new compatible string is introduced for V3 CCU, because it has a few
extra features available.
Add the compatible string to the clock driver. As the extra features are
not touched, just share the description struct now.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
A new compatible string is introduced for V3 GPIO, because it has more
pins available than V3s.
Add the compatible string to the GPIO driver.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Allwinner V3/Sochip S3 uses the same die with Allwinner V3s/S3L, but V3 comes
with no co-packaged DDR (DDR3 is usually used externally), and S3L comes
with co-packaged DDR3.
Add support for Allwinner V3/S3 chips by add SoC names to original V3s
choice, and allow to select DDR3.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The PinePhone is a smartphone produced by Pine64, with an A64 SoC,
2 or 3 GiB LPDDR3 RAM, 16 or 32 GiB eMMC, 720x1440 MIPI-DSI panel,
and Quectel EG25-G modem.
There are two main board revisions: 1.1 for early adopters, and 1.2
for mass production. Since there is code to detect the board revision
at boot, one config/image can support both boards.
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Import updated device trees from Linux tag v5.9. This picks up new
hardware (PinePhone, PineTab); and it drops the U-Boot specific DTSI
files for the Pinebook and the Teres-I, since the ANX6345 bridge is
now supported upstream.
A couple of headers needed updates for recently-added hardware support.
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Previously, fdtfile was always the value in CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE.
This meant that, regardless of the DT chosen by SPL (either by changing
the header in the image or by the selection code at runtime), Linux
always used the default DT.
By using the name from the SPL header (which, because of the previous
commit, always matches the DT used by U-Boot proper), Linux also sees
the same board as U-Boot/SPL, even if the boot script later loads a DT
from disk.
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
[Andre: remove no longer needed CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT guards]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This overwrites the name loaded from the SPL image. It will be different
if there was previously no name provided, or if a more accurate name was
determined by the board variant selection logic. This means that the DT
name in the SPL header now always matches the DT appended to U-Boot.
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
[Andre: move function under CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT guard]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
There are two different publicly-released revisions of the PinePhone
hardware, versions 1.1 and 1.2; and they need different device trees.
Since some GPIO pins were rerouted, we can use that to distinguish
between them.
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Instead of using an entirely separate matching algorithm, simply update
the name of the DT we want to match. Enabling this logic does not depend
on the FIT config name, only on the initial guess of the board name.
Importantly, the initial guess must be "sun50i-a64-pine64-plus", because
otherwise the logic would trigger when "sun50i-a64-pine64-lts" was
written to the SPL header.
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This moves the validity checking and typecasts all to one place away
from the string comparison logic, and it detangles the compile-time
and runtime control flow.
The new helper will also be used by U-Boot proper in a future commit.
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
[Andre: protect new function with CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The variable "cmp_str" always leaves me wondering if it is the DT name
of the current board (yes) or DT name in the FIT config entry (no).
In preparation for expanding the functionality here, rename it to
something that obviously means "this is the DT name we are looking for".
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- Clock fix MMC driver for SM1 based platforms
- sync SOC Ids from Linux 5.10-rc1
- fix potential build warning on meson_dw_hdmi and meson-g12a-usb2 phy
- Fix USB support for rk3399 Pinebook Pro;
- Fix SPI boot for rk3399 boards other than Bob;
- Fix 32bit boards firmware build without SPL_OPTEE support;
- Fix rockchip display driver license;
onenand_probe() function is missing to set mtd->type. So set same type as
which sets onenand Linux kernel driver.
After this change 'mtd list' prints correct type instead of 'Unknown'.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
set_gpmc_cs0() sets wrong timings and size for Nokia N900 onenand flash.
Fix that by setting the correct timings and size from the board code
Signed-off-by: Ivaylo Dimitrov <ivo.g.dimitrov.75@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Include emmc/nand suffix into bootmenu script names and fix leaking sleep
processes when asynchronously waiting for them. 'wait -n' is not provided
by /bin/sh, so run script under bash.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
After commit d5243359e1 ("OMAP24xx I2C: Add support for set-speed")
U-Boot is unstable to reset lp5523 led. That commit added pooling for i2c
poll ARDY bit which apparently is never set. It is not known what is
happening here.
Purpose of resetting lp5523 led in Nokia RX-51 code is just to turn off
very bright led which is powered on by NOLO and expects next boot image
(kernel or U-Boot) to turn it off.
After testing we observed that just disabling lp5523 led is working fine.
So as a workaround to this ARDY bit i2c issue we disable lp5523 led instead
of resetting it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Cc: Ivaylo Dimitrov <ivo.g.dimitrov.75@gmail.com>
After commit 04a2ea248f ("mmc: disable UHS modes if Vcc cannot be
switched on and off") U-Boot started crashing on Nokia RX-51 while
initializing mmc and caused reboot loop.
It looks like that some clocks were not enabled and this patch fixes U-Boot
mmc crash.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Cc: Ivaylo Dimitrov <ivo.g.dimitrov.75@gmail.com>
By default CONFIG_LOGLEVEL seems to be set to 4 which is
too low and doesn't show dev_info/dev_notice/dev_warn
messages on console. This has been deliberately set low
globally to be conservative setting across the board due to
primary bootloader size limitations. It is best to tune
per board config as per user needs.
On K3 we have separate SPL and u-boot configs so we
can afford to set u-boot CONFIG_LOGLEVEL to 7.
On AM65 this patch causes u-boot.img size to change from
932KB to 940KB with 1 line additional print during
MMC boot. i.e. details of Net subsystem
"Net: K3 CPSW: nuss_ver: 0x6BA00102 cpsw_ver: 0x6BA80102 ale_ver: 0x00293904 Ports:1 mdio_freq:1000000"
Similar 8KB difference was seen on J721E.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Function twl4030_i2c_read() is like twl4030_i2c_read_u8() but instead of
single value it rather returns array of values.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
With commit 6900797678 ("cros_ec: Support keyboard scanning with
EC_CMD_GET_NEXT_EVENT") check_for_keys() tries to read keyboard
strokes using EC_CMD_GET_NEXT_EVENT. But the sandbox driver does
not understand this command. We need to reply with
-EC_RES_INVALID_COMMAND to force check_for_keys() to fall back to
use EC_CMD_MKBP_STATE. Currently the driver prints
** Unknown EC command 0x67
in this case. With the patch the message is suppressed.
In a future patch we should upgrade the sandbox driver to provide
EC_CMD_GET_NEXT_EVENT support.
Fixes: 6900797678 ("cros_ec: Support keyboard scanning with EC_CMD_GET_NEXT_EVENT")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Erasing the flash can take over a second on some devices and the EC is
not responsive during this time. Update the timeout to 5 seconds to cope
with this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The EC now requires that the offset field be set correctly when checking
on hash status. Update the code to handle this. Use the same message
struct in both functions to reduce stack space.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a commit tag to allow the Patchwork URL to be specified in a commit.
This can be handy for when you submit code to multiple projects but don't
want to use the -p option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an argument to allow specifying the the patchwork URL. This also adds
this feature to the settings file, either globally, or on a per-project
basis.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new argument to allow the URL of the patchwork server to be
speciified. For now this is hard-coded in the main file, but future
patches will move it to the settings file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present values from the settings file are only applied to the main
parser. With the new parser structure this means that some settings are
ignored.
Update the implementation to set defaults across the main parser and all
subparsers. Also fix up the comments, since ArgumentParser is being used
now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present patman tries to assume a default subcommand of 'send', to
maintain backwards compatibility. However it does not cope with
arguments added to the default command, so for example 'patman -t'
does not work.
Update the logic to handle this. Also update the CC command to use 'send'
explicitly, since otherwise patman gets confused with the patch-filename
argument.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2021-01-rc3
A part of the EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL is implemented.
A unit test is supplied.
The following bugs are fixed:
* incorrect buffer size in efi_file_setinfo() leading to creash in SCT
* a crash in UEFI selftest on the sandbox due to removed drivers
* missing newlines in log message for the UEFI RNG driver
Since U-boot EFI implementation is getting richer it makes sense to
add support for EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL taking advantage of any hardware TPM
available on the device.
This is the initial implementation of the protocol which only adds
support for GetCapability(). It's limited in the newer and safer
TPMv2 devices.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
A following patch introduces EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL.
Add the required TPMv2 headers to support it.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When copying a string with must allocate a byte for the terminating '\0' in
the target buffer.
Fixes: fbe4c7df00 ("efi_loader: enable file SetInfo()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add missing newline to log messages in efi_rng_register() otherwise
something like below would be shown
Scanning disk virtio-blk#31...
Found 2 disks
Missing RNG device for EFI_RNG_PROTOCOLNo EFI system partition
Signed-off-by: Paulo Alcantara (SUSE) <pc@cjr.nz>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When calling ExitBootServices during out unit tests we should not detach
devices as we need console output for runtime tests.
Fixes: 529441ca89 ("efi_loader: Disable devices before handing over control")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Rockchip has many 32bit SoCs and some of them are support SPL_OPTEE now,
only boards with SPL_OPTEE support can fit BINMAN well, other boards
will fail at initr_binman() in U-Boot proper after below patch,
eg. rv1108 board.
83187546ae binman: Support multiple images in the library
Fixes: 79030a4861 ("rockchip: Add Single boot image (with binman, pad_cat)")
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Commit c4cea2bbf9 ("rockchip: Enable building a SPI ROM image on bob")
added an alias spi1 referring to spi@ff1d0000, however there was already
an alias spi0 referring to the same node in rockpro64's u-boot.dtsi, and
having both aliases present broke booting from SPI flash for this board.
Remove the spi0 alias, set the default bus for SPI flash to 1, and
enable support for numbered aliases in SPL so that it uses the same bus
numbering as U-Boot proper. This fixes booting from U-Boot in SPI flash
on the rockpro64 board.
Signed-off-by: Hugh Cole-Baker <sigmaris@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: c4cea2bbf9 ("rockchip: Enable building a SPI ROM image on bob")
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Commit fe97471632 ("rockchip: rk3288: Allow setting up clocks in
U-Boot proper") fixes some clock issues when chainloading U-Boot on
rk3288 chromebooks. Part of that change is still available in veyron's
board_early_init_r() function. Since chain-loading U-Boot proper from
vendor firmware is possible on gru boards as well, do the same thing for
them too.
On rk3399, this needs to detect whether SPL was run via handoff, so
enable that and bloblist kconfigs it needs for chromebook_bob.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
It's possible to chainload U-Boot proper from the vendor firmware in
rk3399 chromebooks, but the way the vendor firmware sets up clocks is
somehow different than what U-Boot expects. This causes the display to
stay devoid of content even though vidconsole claims to work (with
patches in process of being upstreamed).
This is meant to be a rk3399 version of commit d3cb46aa8c ("rockchip:
Init clocks again when chain-loading") which can detect the discrepancy,
but this patch instead checks whether SPL (and therefore the clock init)
was run via the handoff functionality and runs the init if it was not.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to enable the Amlogic SM1 MMC controller fix, we need to add a u-boot specific
MMC controller compatible.
This adds a new meson-sm1-u-boot.dtsi and reworks the other -u-boot.dtsi
to use this for SM1 based boards.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Amlogic SM1 SoCs doesn't work over 50MHz. When phase sets to 270', it's
working fine over 50MHz on Amlogic SM1 SoCs.
Since Other Amlogic SoCs doens't report an issue, phase value is using
to 180' by default.
To distinguish which value is used adds an u-boot only sm1 compatible.
In future, it needs to find what value is a proper about each SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Move the asm/arch-meson/sd_emmc.h to a local meson_gx_mmc.h,
remove the useless if/then and fix the meson_gx_mmc.c include.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This is a combination of upstream libfdt commits to fix warnings about
comparing signed and unsigned integers:
==========
scripts/dtc/libfdt/fdt.c: In function ‘fdt_offset_ptr’:
scripts/dtc/libfdt/fdt.c:137:18: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if ((absoffset < offset)
...
==========
For a detailed description of the fixes, see the dtc repo:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/utils/dtc/dtc.git/log/?id=73e0f143b73d808
For this patch the commits between 73e0f143b73d8088 and ca19c3db2bf62000
have been combined and adjusted for the slight differences in U-Boot's
libfdt code base.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
- Avoid using hardcoded number of variable range MTRRs in mtrr_commit()
- coral: Correct max98357 file
- coral: Update smbios tables to latest definition
The accepted binding uses multiple nodes, one for each table type. Update
coral accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since commit 29d2d64ed5 ("x86: Add support for more than 8 MTRRs"),
the maximum number of variable range MTRRs was increased from 8 to 10.
On the BayTrail platform there are only 8 variable range MTRRs. In
mtrr_commit() it still uses MTRR_MAX_COUNT which caused a #GP during
VESA video driver probe. It should have been updated to use dynamically
probed number.
This fixes the boot failure seen on Intel Minnow Max board.
Fixes: 29d2d64ed5 ("x86: Add support for more than 8 MTRRs")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2021-01-rc2 (2)
The following bugs are fixed:
* The conitrace command failed to build.
* Non-volatile UEFI variables were not delete form the file store.
The following features are added:
* Support for the FN1 - FN10 keys on crosswire keyboards is added.
* An EFI binary is provided to dump the binary device tree.
tpm2_get_capability() is adjusted in preparation of the implementation
of the EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL.
after commit 4ab3817ff1 ("clk: fixed-rate: Enable DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC flag")
Cubieboard7 (based on actions S700 SoC) fails to boot.
It is due to the fact that the default value of CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN (0x400)
would not provide enough memory for clock device to probe (before relocation)
well.
This commit fixes it, by increasing SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to value 0x2000.
Suggested-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
In case there is an EEPROM attached to the KS8851 MAC and the EEPROM
contains a valid MAC address, the MAC address is loaded into the NIC
registers on power on. Read the MAC address out of the NIC registers
and provide it to U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
For implementing the EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL we need the count field returned by
the TPM when reading capabilities via tpm2_get_capability().
Adjust the implementation of the 'tpm2 get_capability' command accordingly.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
For validating the fixed up device tree we need a tool to need to save it
to a file.
dtbdump.efi copies the configuration table with the device tree to a file
on the same partition from which dtbdump.efi was invoked. The file name can
be entered on the console.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When deleting a non-volatile variable it was deleted from memory but the
deletion was not persisted to the file system.
SetVariable() may be called with attributes == 0 to delete a variable. To
determine if the deletion shall be persisted we have to consider the
non-volatile flag in the attributes of the deleted variable and not the
value passed in the call parameter.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Chromebooks and the sandbox use a crosswire keyboard with function keys
FN1 - FN10. These keys are needed when running UEFI applications like GRUB
or the UEFI SCT.
Add support for these keys when translating from key codes to
ECMA-48 (or withdrawn ANSI 3.64) escape sequences.
All escape sequences start with 0x1b. So we should not repeat this
byte in the kbd_to_ansi364 table.
For testing use:
sandbox_defconfig + CONFIG_EFI_SELFTEST=y
$ ./u-boot -D -l
=> setenv efi_selftest extended text input
=> bootefi selftest
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command was missed when renaming getc() to getchar().
Fixes: c670aeee3d ("common: rename getc() to getchar()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
patman status subcommand to collect tags from Patchwork
patman showing email replies from Patchwork
sandbox poweroff command
minor fixes in binman, tests
- meson64_android: don't show logo on ROM USB boot
- doc: update support matrix and fix vim3/l build instructions
- meson64: relocate config_distro_bootcmmd header
- Add a new SMBIOS parser and enable it when booting from coreboot
- Fix up various driver names to avoid dtoc warnings
- Fully enable ACPI support on Google Chromebook Coral
- Add a way to set SMBIOS properties using the devicetree
- Update existing boards to use devicetree for SMBIOS using a new
default sysinfo driver
Calling 'make V=1 all' on Ubuntu 18.04 with gcc version 9.2.1 and GNU Make
version 4.1 fails on error:
scripts/Kbuild.include:220: *** Recursive variable 'echo-cmd' references itself (eventually). Stop.
As a workaround expand 'echo-cmd' variable via 'call' construction instead
of expanding it directly.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Fixes: ae897022d7 ("Makefile: Fix u-boot-nodtb.bin target")
Now that we can use devicetree to specify this information, drop the old
CONFIG options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a file containing defaults for these, using the existing CONFIG
options. This file must be included with #include since it needs to
be passed through the C preprocessor.
Enable the driver for all x86 boards that generate SMBIOS tables.
Disable it for coral since it has its own driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: reword the commit message a little bit]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add settings and enable the default sysinfo driver so that these can come
from the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add settings and enable the default sysinfo driver so that these can come
from the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add settings and enable the default sysinfo driver so that these can come
from the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add settings and enable the default sysinfo driver so that these can come
from the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add settings and enable the default sysinfo driver so that these can come
from the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some boards want to specify the manufacturer or product name but do not
need to have their own sysinfo driver.
Add a default driver which provides a way to specify this SMBIOS
information in the devicetree, without needing any board-specific
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add information about how to set SMBIOS properties using the devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The current tables only support a subset of the available fields defined
by the SMBIOS spec. Add a few more.
We could use CONFIG_SYS_CPU or CONFIG_SYS_SOC as a default for family, but
the meaning of that value relates more to the whole system rather than
just the SoC.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Support a way to put SMBIOS properties in the device tree. These can be
placed in a 'board' device in an 'smbios' subnode.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
As a first step to obtaining SMBIOS information from the devicetree, add
an ofnode parameter to the writing functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a simple binding file for this, so that it is clear what this binding
directory is for.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This uclass is intended to provide a way to obtain information about a
U-Boot board. But the concept of a U-Boot 'board' is the whole system,
not just one circuit board, meaning that 'board' is something of a
misnomer for this uclass.
In addition, the name 'board' is a bit overused in U-Boot and we want to
use the same uclass to provide SMBIOS information.
The obvious name is 'system' but that is so vague as to be meaningless.
Use 'sysinfo' instead, since this uclass is aimed at providing information
on the system.
Rename everything accordingly.
Note: Due to the patch delta caused by the symbol renames, this patch
shows some renamed files as being deleted in one place and created in
another.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Much of the output is not very useful. The bootm command is quite a bit
quieter. Convert some output to use log_debug().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
With Chrome OS the kernel setup block is stored in a separate place from
the kernel, so it is not possible to access the kernel version string.
At present, garbage is printed.
Add a sanity check to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the top of available DRAM is the same as the top of the range
of the low-memory MTRR.
In fact, U-Boot is allowed to use memory up until the start of the FSP
reserved memory. Use that value for low_end, since it makes more memory
available.
Keep the same calculation as before for mtrr_top, i.e. the top of
reserved memory.
A side-effect of this change is that the E820 tables have a single entry
that extends from the bottom of the memory used by U-Boot to the bottom
of the FSP reserved memory. This includes the bloblist, if ACPI tables
are placed there.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This does not necessarily indicate a problem, since some pins are
optional. Let the caller show an error if necessary.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is useful when using Linux's earlycon since the MMIO address must be
provided on some platforms, e.g.:
earlycon=uart8250,mmio32,0xddffc000,115200n8
However this is only for debugging, so don't show it by default.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This table is not needed if a v2 TPM is in use. Add a condition to avoid
adding it when not needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Quite a few log_info() calls are included in the x86 code which should use
log_debug() instead. Convert them to reduce unwanted output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use log_debug() instead of debug() in this file, to enable the extra
features.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a script to boot Chrome OS from the internal MMC. This involved adding
a few commands and options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Set up a few fields necessarily to make Chrome OS boot without showing a
firmware error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present CONFIG_CHROMEOS is used to determine whether verified boot is
in use. The code to implement that is not in U-Boot mainline.
However, it is useful to be able to boot a Chromebook in developer mode
in U-Boot mainline without needing the verified boot code.
To allow this, use CONFIG_CHROMEOS_VBOOT to indicate that verified boot
should be used, and CONFIG_CHROMEOS to indicate that the board supports
Chrome OS. That allows us to define CONFIG_CHROMEOS on coral.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It is not possible to boot Chrome OS properly without passing some basic
information from U-Boot. This applies even if verified boot is not being
used. Add a structure definition for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present if SSDT and DSDT code is created, only the latter is retained
for examination by the 'acpi items' command. Fix this by only resetting
the list when explicitly requested.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The current implementation for DSDT tables is not correct for the case
where there is generated code, as the length ends up being incorrect.
Also, we want the generated code to go first in the table.
Rewrite this piece to correct these problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If there is nothing in the SSDT we should not include it in the tables.
Update the implementation to check this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If there is no reset line, this still emits ACPI code for the reset GPIO.
Fix it by updating the check.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
A few functions have changed to return pin numbers or I2C addresses. The
error checking for some of the callers is therefore wrong. Fix them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It is useful for this command to show the address of the interrupt table.
Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present these tables do not have the correct header, and there is an
occasional incorrect value due to uninited data. Fix these bugs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present these functions are incorrect. Fix them and add some logging
and checking to avoid future problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present all tables are placed starting at address f0000 in memory, and
can be up to 64KB in size. If the tables are very large, this may not
provide enough space.
Also if the tables point to other tables (such as console log or a ramoops
area) then we must allocate other memory anyway.
The bloblist is a nice place to put these tables since it is contiguous,
which makes it easy to reserve this memory for linux using the 820 tables.
Add an option to put some of the tables in the bloblist. For SMBIOS and
ACPI, create suitable pointers from the f0000 region to the new location
of the tables.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: squashed in http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/
20201105062407.1.I8091ad931cbbb5e3b6f6ababdf3f8d5db0d17bb9@changeid/]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
u-boot-imx for 2021.1
---------------------
- new boards : GE (new B1x5v2), phytec phyCORE-i.MX8MM
- converted doc to reST
- fixes for verdin-imx8mm (Toradex)
- fixes for i.MX thermal driver
- mx7ulp: Align the PLL_USB frequency
- mx53: primary/secondary bmode
Travis: https://travis-ci.org/github/sbabic/u-boot-imx/builds/741465284
While reviewing feedback it is helpful to see the review comments on the
command line to check that each has been addressed. Add an option to
support that.
Update the workflow documentation to describe the new features.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for parsing the contents of a patchwork 'patch' web page
containing comments received from reviewers. This allows patman to show
these comments in a simple 'snippets' format.
A snippet is some quoted code plus some unquoted comments below it. Each
review is from a unique person/email and can produce multiple snippets,
one for each part of the code that attracts a comment.
Show the file and line-number info at the top of each snippet if
available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is tedious to add review tags into the local branch and errors can
sometimes be made. Add an option to create a new branch with the review
tags obtained from patchwork.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Before sending out a new version of a series for review, it is important
to add any review tags (e.g. Reviewed-by, Acked-by) collected by
patchwork. Otherwise people waste time reviewing the same patch
repeatedly, become frustrated and stop reviewing your patches.
To help with this, add a new 'status' subcommand that checks patchwork
for review tags, showing those which are not present in the local branch.
This allows users to see what new review tags have been received and then
add them.
Sample output:
$ patman status
1 Subject 1
Reviewed-by: Joe Bloggs <joe@napierwallies.co.nz>
2 Subject 2
Tested-by: Lord Edmund Blackaddër <weasel@blackadder.org>
Reviewed-by: Fred Bloggs <f.bloggs@napier.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Mary Bloggs <mary@napierwallies.co.nz>
1 new response available in patchwork
The '+' indicates a new tag. Colours are used to make it easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if we fail to find the upstream then the error output is piped
to wc, resulting in bogus results. Avoid the pipe and check the output
directly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes warnings are associated with a file and sometimes with the
patch as a whole. Update the regular expression to handle both cases,
even in emacs mode. Also add support for detecting new files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These lines can indicate a continuation of an error and should not be
ignored. Fix this.
Fixes: 666eb15e92 ("patman: Handle checkpatch output with notes and code")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On balance it is easier to use an iterator here, particularly if we need
to insert lines due to new functionality. The only niggle is the need to
keep the previous iterator value around in one case.
Convert this test to use iter().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current functional tests run most of patman. Add a smaller test that
just checks tag handling with the PatchStream class.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the Series-xxx tag is not recognised patman currently reports a fatal
error. This is inconvenient if a new feature is later added to patman that
an earlier version does not support.
Report a warning instead, to allow the user to take action if needed, but
still allow operation to proceed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present warnings are produced across the whole set of patches when
parsing them. It is more useful to associate each warning with the patch
(or commit) that generated it.
Attach warnings to the Commit object and move them out of PatchStream.
Also avoid generating duplicate warnings for the same commit.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new function in PatchStream to collect the warnings generated while
parsing the stream. This will allow us to adjust the logic, such as
dealing with per-commit warnings.
Two of the warnings are in fact internal errors, so change them to raise
and exception.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new Series-links tag to tell patman how to find the series in
patchwork. Each item is the series ID optionally preceded by the series
version that the link refers to. An empty version indicates this is the
latest series.
For example:
Series-links: 209816 1:203302
Documentation is added in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
One test still uses its own function for capturing output. Modify it to
use the standard one in test_util
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This operation was unfortunately broken by a recent change. It is now
necessary to use -i in addition to -n, if there are errors or warnings in
the patches.
Correct this by always showing the summary information.
Fixes: f365375975 ("patman: Move main code out to a control module")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A recent change removed the base offset from the calculation. This is
used on coral to find the FSP-S binary. Fix it.
Fixes: a9fad07d4b ("binman: Avoid reporting image-pos with compression")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With a recent change this entry stores only part of the section data,
leaving out the padding at the end. Fix this by using GetPaddedData() to
get the data. Add this function to the base Entry class also.
Fixes: d1d3ad7d1f ("binman: Move section padding to the parent")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Building U-Boot with unit tests on a non-sandbox systems fails:
ld.bfd: test/built-in.o: in function `compress_using_gzip':
test/compression.c:138: undefined reference to `gzip'
ld.bfd: test/built-in.o: in function `uncompress_using_bzip2':
test/compression.c:187: undefined reference to `BZ2_bzBuffToBuffDecompress'
ld.bfd: test/built-in.o: in function `uncompress_using_lzma':
test/compression.c:222: undefined reference to `lzmaBuffToBuffDecompress'
ld.bfd: test/built-in.o: in function `uncompress_using_lzo':
test/compression.c:257: undefined reference to `lzop_decompress'
ld.bfd: test/built-in.o: in function `uncompress_using_lz4':
test/compression.c:292: undefined reference to `ulz4fn
Add the missing dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Building test/bloblist.c fails for non sandbox devices:
test/bloblist.c:10:10: fatal error: asm/state.h: No such file or directory
#include <asm/state.h>
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
Build the test only on the sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The cros_ec_keyb driver currently uses EC_CMD_MKBP_STATE to scan the
keyboard, but this host command was superseded by EC_CMD_GET_NEXT_EVENT
and unavailable on more recent devices (including gru-kevin), as it was
removed in cros-ec commit 87a071941b89 ("mkbp: Add support for buttons
and switches.") dated 2016-07-06.
The EC_CMD_GET_NEXT_EVENT has been available since cros-ec commit
d1ed75815efe ("MKBP event signalling implementation") dated 2014-10-20,
but it looks like it isn't included in firmware-* branches for at least
link, nyan-big, samus, snow, spring, panther and peach-pit which have
defconfigs in U-Boot. So this patch falls back to the old method if the
EC doesn't recognize the newer command.
The implementation is mostly adapted from Depthcharge commit
f88af26b44fc ("cros_ec: Change keyboard scanning method.").
On a gru-kevin, the current driver before this patch fails to read the
pressed keys with:
out: cmd=0x60: 03 9d 60 00 00 00 00 00
in-header: 03 fc 01 00 00 00 00 00
in-data:
ec_command_inptr: len=-1, din=0000000000000000
check_for_keys: keyboard scan failed
However the keyboard works fine with the newer command:
out: cmd=0x67: 03 96 67 00 00 00 00 00
in-header: 03 ef 00 00 0e 00 00 00
in-data: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ec_command_inptr: len=14, din=00000000f412df30
key_matrix_decode: num_keys = 0
0 valid keycodes found
out: cmd=0x67: 03 96 67 00 00 00 00 00
in-header: 03 df 00 00 0e 00 00 00
in-data: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 00
ec_command_inptr: len=14, din=00000000f412df30
key_matrix_decode: num_keys = 1
valid=1, row=4, col=11
keycode=28
1 valid keycodes found
{0d}
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is prepared function for filing rom_offset. That's why use it instead
of copying content of it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As we have a working COLD_RESET on the sandbox the sysreset test has to be
adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Up to now the sandbox would shutdown upon a cold reset request. Instead it
should be reset.
In our coding we use static variables like LIST_HEAD(efi_obj_list). A reset
can occur at any time, e.g. via an UEFI binary calling the reset service.
The only safe way to return to an initial state is to relaunch the U-Boot
binary.
The reset implementation uses execv() to relaunch U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
During a cold reset execv() is used to relaunch the U-Boot binary.
We must ensure that all files are closed in this case.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is the 'poweroff' and not the 'reset' command that should shut down the
sandbox.
Adjust the unit test accordingly
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The command to shut down a device is 'poweroff'. It is a deficit of the
sandbox that it does not support resetting yet but shuts down upong seeing
the 'reset' command.
Once the sandbox properly supports reset we need the 'poweroff' command to
leave the sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the sandbox eth-raw device host_lo is removed this leads to closing
the console input.
Do not call close(0).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Relocate a config_distro_bootcmd header before defined
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS. Otherwise it can't change to specific
environment.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This is required by Chrome OS so that the audio and other unibuild
features work correctly. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The bloblist guarantees that blobs are zeroed so there is no need to do
an additional memset(). Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present we create the ACPI context but then drop it after generation of
tables is complete. This is annoying because we have to then search for
tables later.
To fix this, allocate the context and store it in global_data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present write_tables() can fail but does not report this problem to its
caller. Fix this by changing the return type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some boards need to include binary data into the image for use during the
boot process. Add a node for these.
An example is the audio-codec configuration used by some audio drivers on
Intel platforms. If no private files are provided, they will be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add definitions for part of the vboot context used with verified boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Set up MSRs required for Apollo Lake. This enables Linux to use the
timers correctly. Also write the fixed MSRs for this platform.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This file can be included by any header but it includes C code. Guard it
to avoid errors when compiling ASL, etc.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If u-boot gets used as coreboot payload it might be nice to get
vendor, model and bios version from smbios. I am not sure about
the output of all the read information.
With qemu target for coreboot this could look this:
CBFS: Found @ offset 14f40 size 3b188
Checking segment from ROM address 0xffc15178
Checking segment from ROM address 0xffc15194
Loading segment from ROM address 0xffc15178
code (compression=1)
New segment dstaddr 0x01110000 memsize 0x889ef srcaddr 0xffc151b0 filesize 0x3b150
Loading Segment: addr: 0x01110000 memsz: 0x00000000000889ef filesz: 0x000000000003b150
using LZMA
Loading segment from ROM address 0xffc15194
Entry Point 0x01110000
BS: BS_PAYLOAD_LOAD run times (exec / console): 77 / 1 ms
Jumping to boot code at 0x01110000(0x07fa7000)
U-Boot 2020.10-00536-g5dcf7cc590-dirty (Oct 07 2020 - 14:21:51 +0200)
CPU: x86_64, vendor AMD, device 663h
DRAM: 127.1 MiB
MMC:
Video: No video mode configured in coreboot!
Video: No video mode configured in coreboot!
Vendor: QEMU
Model: Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996)
Bios Version: 4.12-3152-g326a499f6f-dirty
Net: e1000: 52:54:00:12:34:56
eth0: e1000#0
No working controllers found
Finalizing coreboot
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a very simple API to be able to access SMBIOS strings
like vendor, model and bios version.
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present there are a lot of dtoc warnings reported when building
chromebook_coral, of the form:
WARNING: the driver intel_apl_lpc was not found in the driver list
Correct these by using driver names that matches their compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Fix the dtoc warning in these file by using a driver name that matches the
compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This updates the PPD MAINTAINERS file doing a couple of changes:
* Replace Martyn with myself, since he no longer has the hardware
available and add Ian Ray as maintainer
* Fix the board directory path, which was still listing freescale/
instead of ge/
* Order the list of files alphabetically
* Add board specific device tree files to the file list
Cc: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Cc: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
This updates the Bx50v3 MAINTAINERS file, so that it also catches
changes to the related device tree files. Additionally the list of
files has been sorted alphabetically and I added myself as maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
CONFIG_NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC macro was out of Kconfig. Move it there to be
able to use compile-time checks to reduce the number of build paths.
Fixes: f9a882438966 ("dm: core: Convert #ifdef to if() in root.c") for Microblaze
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Michael wrote:
commit 92765f45bb ("env: Access Environment in SPI flashes before
relocation") at least breaks the Kontron sl28 board. I guess it also
breaks others which use a (late) SPI environment.
reason is, that env_init() sets the init bit, if there
is no init function defined in an environment driver,
and use default return value -ENOENT in this case
later for setting the default environment.
Change:
Environment driver can now implement an init
function and return, if this function does nothing,
simply -ENOENT.
env_init() now handles -ENOENT correct by setting the
inited bit for the environment driver. And if there
is no other environment driver whose init function
returns 0, load than the default environment.
This prevents that each environment driver needs to set the
default environment.
Fixes: 92765f45bb ("env: Access Environment in SPI flashes before relocation")
Reported-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Tested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc> [For the SF environment]
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
First set of u-boot-atmel fixes for 2021.01 cycle:
This specific feature set includes the patches for DT required to fix
the warnings for newer DTC version (1.6.0+), i2c and spi bus unit
address.
w+arch/arm/dts/.at91sam9260ek.dtb.pre.tmp:119.21-123.7: Warning (spi_bus_reg): /ahb/apb/spi@fffc8000/mtd_dataflash@0: SPI bus unit address format error, expected "1"
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
w+arch/arm/dts/.at91sam9260ek.dtb.pre.tmp:119.21-123.7: Warning (spi_bus_reg): /ahb/apb/spi@fffc8000/mtd_dataflash@0: SPI bus unit address format error, expected "1"
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
w+arch/arm/dts/sama5d3xmb.dtsi:64.25-83.7: Warning (i2c_bus_reg): /ahb/apb/i2c@f0018000/camera@0x30: I2C bus unit address format error, expected "30"
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
w+arch/arm/dts/.at91sam9g45-gurnard.dtb.pre.tmp:118.21-122.7: Warning (spi_bus_reg): /ahb/apb/spi@fffa4000/mtd_dataflash@0: SPI bus unit address format error, expected "1"
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
w+arch/arm/dts/.at91sam9g25ek.dtb.pre.tmp:28.25-47.7: Warning (i2c_bus_reg): /ahb/apb/i2c@f8010000/camera@0x30: I2C bus unit address format error, expected "30"
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
w+arch/arm/dts/at91sam9g20ek_common.dtsi:100.21-104.7: Warning (spi_bus_reg): /ahb/apb/spi@fffc8000/mtd_dataflash@0: SPI bus unit address format error, expected "1"
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
w+arch/arm/dts/.at91sam9g20-taurus.dtb.pre.tmp:79.18-83.4: Warning (spi_bus_reg): /ahb/apb/spi@fffc8000/mtd_dataflash@0: SPI bus unit address format error, expected "1"
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
w+arch/arm/dts/.at91sam9261ek.dtb.pre.tmp:124.15-144.7: Warning (spi_bus_reg): /ahb/apb/spi@fffc8000/tsc2046@0: SPI bus unit address format error, expected "2"
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
w+arch/arm/dts/.at91-vinco.dtb.pre.tmp:131.18-134.7: Warning (i2c_bus_reg): /ahb/apb/i2c@f8024000/rtc@64: I2C bus unit address format error, expected "32"
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2021-01-rc2 (2)
The series contains the following enhancements
* preparatory patches for UEFI capsule updates
* initialization of the emulated RTC using an environment variable
and a bug fix
* If DisconnectController() is called for a child controller that is the
only child of the driver, the driver must be disconnected.
GE B1x5v2 patient monitor series is similar to the CARESCAPE Monitor
series (GE Bx50). It consists of a carrier PCB used in combination
with a Congatec QMX6 SoM. This adds U-Boot support using device model
everywhere and SPL for memory initialization.
Proper configuration is provided as 'ge_b1x5v2_defconfig' and the
combined image u-boot-with-spi.imx can be flashed directly to 1024
byte offset to /dev/mtdblock0. Alternatively SPL and u-boot.imx can
be loaded separately via USB-OTG using e.g. imx_usb.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This separates the I2C specific code from the generic
GE vital product data code, so that the generic parts
can be used on hardware with VPD stored in SPI flash
memory.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
While this code is being used by all GE platforms its useful
to have it behind a config option for hardware bringup of
new platforms.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Add GPIO poweroff driver, which is based on the Linux
driver and uses the same DT binding.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Allow using disable_ldb_di_clock_sources with just the combined
CONFIG_MX6QDL being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
In case of empty battery or glitches the oscillator fail
bit might be set. This will reset the bit in the reset
routine.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
This takes care of resetting the 32kHz square wave, which is
used by some boards as clock source for the SoC.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
This driver allows to use SPI flash as backing store for
boot counter values with DM enabled.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
This option is only supported by the IMX watchdog and seems to be
similar to CONFIG_WATCHDOG.
Move it below the IMX watchdog and make it dependent on IMX_WATCHDOG.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
This patch provides information regarding the boot stage with using LEDs.
On the very beginning of U-Boot execution the GREEN LED is turned on.
When the execution is passed to Linux kernel the GREEN LED is off and
RED one is ON.
Afterwards, when Linux takes over the execution, the "heartbeat" driver
provides indication if the board is still alive.
Please also note that this patch uses {set|clr}bits_le32 macros as turning
ON GREEN LED is performed in a _very_ early stage of U-Boot execution
before DM_GPIOs are initialized.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The command 'clocks' shows the following output:
=> clocks
PLL_A7_SPLL 528 MHz
PLL_A7_APLL 529 MHz
PLL_USB 0 MHz
Add some extra spaces so that the PLL_USB information gets aligned with
the previous reported frequencies.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The command 'clocks' shows the following output:
=> clocks
PLL_A7_SPLL 528 MHz
PLL_A7_APLL 529 MHz
PLL_USB 0 MHz
....
[do_mx7_showclocks] addr = 0x9FFB61F1
The last line is not useful at all, so just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
commit c05ed00afb dropped linux/delay.h from common header
add linux/delay.h to avoid compile warning here
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Ensure we terminate the line with a CR if we get an invalid sensor device
or reading.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
In order to be able to run the I2C bus at 400Khz, the chip errata[1]
recommends that the peripheral clock runs out of the 24MHz oscillator.
Systems running I2C from OP-TEE before Linux executes - for example to
access a Secure Element [2] providing the cryptographic support - expect
this clock to be configured by the bootloader [3].
[1] IMX6SLCE Rev. 5, 02/2019, ERR007805.
[2] OP-TEE: support for NXP SE05X Plug and Trust (patch on the list).
[3] OP-TEE: check the imx_i2c.c driver (imx6 patch on the list).
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When using cygwin64 "dd (coreutils) 8.26 Packaged by Cygwin (8.26-2)",
the last not 512bytes aligned data wat cut off and not burned into SD
card.
Saying the flash.bin size is 1085608 bytes, not 512bytes aligned. It only
burned 1085440 bytes, the leaving 168 bytes were not burnned and cause
boot issue.
So update README dd command to add "conv=notrunc"
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
- New PX30 board: Engicam PX30.Core;
- Fix USB HID support for rock960;
- Remove host endianness dependency for rockchip mkimage;
- dts update for rk3288-tinker;
- Enable console MUX for some ROCKPi boards;
- Add config-based ddr selection for px30;
The name of structure element logl_prev is not matched by the
documentation.
%s/logl_pref/logl_prev/
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This would be useful and recommended boot flow for new boards
which has doesn't have the DDR support yet in mainline.
Sometimes it is very useful for debugging mainline DDR support.
Documen it for px30 boot flow.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
PX30.Core is an EDIMM SOM based on Rockchip PX30 from Engicam.
C.TOUCH 2.0 is a general purpose carrier board with capacitive
touch interface support.
PX30.Core needs to mount on top of this Carrier board for creating
complete PX30.Core C.TOUCH 2.0 board.
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Engicam C.TOUCH 2.0 is an EDIMM compliant general purpose
carrier board with capacitive touch interface.
Genaral features:
- TFT 10.1" industrial, 1280x800 LVDS display
- Ethernet 10/100
- Wifi/BT
- USB Type A/OTG
- Audio Out
- CAN
- LVDS panel connector
SOM's like PX30.Core needs to mount on top of this Carrier board
for creating complete PX30.Core C.TOUCH 2.0 board.
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
PX30.Core is an EDIMM SOM based on Rockchip PX30 from Engicam.
EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit is an EDIMM 2.2 Form Factor Capacitive
Evaluation Board from Engicam.
PX30.Core needs to mount on top of this Evaluation board for
creating complete PX30.Core EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit.
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The existing common code for Engicam boards uses i.MX6,
so attach that into i.MX6 Engicam boards so-that adding
new SoC variants of Engicam boards become meaningful.
Add support for it.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
TARGET_EVB_PX30 can be possible to use other px30 boards.
Add the help text for existing EVB, so-that the new boards
which are resuing this config option can mention their board
help text.
This would help to track which boards are using EVB_PX30 config.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
PX30.Core is an EDIMM SOM based on Rockchip PX30 from Engicam.
General features:
- Rockchip PX30
- Up to 2GB DDR4
- eMMC 4 GB expandible
- rest of PX30 features
PX30.Core needs to mount on top of Engicam baseboards for creating
complete platform boards.
Possible baseboards are,
- EDIMM2.2
- C.TOUCH 2.0
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Engicam EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit is an EDIMM 2.2 Form Factor Capacitive
Evaluation Board.
Genaral features:
- LCD 7" C.Touch
- microSD slot
- Ethernet 1Gb
- Wifi/BT
- 2x LVDS Full HD interfaces
- 3x USB 2.0
- 1x USB 3.0
- HDMI Out
- Mini PCIe
- MIPI CSI
- 2x CAN
- Audio Out
SOM's like PX30.Core needs to mount on top of this Evaluation board
for creating complete PX30.Core EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit.
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
When booting from rom usb, skip the boot logo logic as it's possible
that the partition containing the logo does not exist yet.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
The Rockchip boot ROM expects little-endian values in the image header.
When running mkimage on a big-endian machine, these values need to be
byteswapped before writing or verifying the header.
This change fixes cross-compiling U-Boot SPL for the RK3399 SoC from a
big-endian ppc64 host machine.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable Console multiplexing in ROCKPi N8 which would is
required to video out the console buffer.
Enable it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Like, rk3399 the rk3288 also supports 4K resolution.
So, enable it for rk3288 with HDMI platforms.
Right now, rockchip video drivers are supporting for rk3288,
rk3399 SoC families, so mark the 4K resolution by default
if it's an HDMI video out.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable Console multiplexing in ROCKPi N10 which would is
required to video out the console buffer.
Enable it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This updates logging documentation with some examples of the new commands
added in the previous commits. It also removes some items from the to-do
list which have been implemented.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The functions in log.h are already mostly documented, so add them to the
generated documentation.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This exercises a few success and failure modes of the log filter-*
commands. log filter-list is not tested because it's purely informational.
I don't think there's a good way to test it except by testing if the output
of the command exactly matches a sample run.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds several commands to add, list, and remove log filters. Due to the
complexity of adding a filter, `log filter-list` uses options instead of
positional arguments.
These commands have been added as subcommands to log by using a dash to
join the subcommand and subsubcommand. This is stylistic, and they could be
converted to proper subsubcommands if it is wished.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A few of these tests were inspired by those in glibc. The syntax for
invoking test_getopt is a bit funky, but it's necessary so that the CPP can
parse the arguments correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Some commands can get very unweildy if they have too many positional
arguments. Adding options makes them easier to read, remember, and
understand.
This implementation of getopt has been taken from barebox, which has had
option support for quite a while. I have made a few modifications to their
version, such as the removal of opterr in favor of a separate getopt_silent
function. In addition, I have moved all global variables into struct
getopt_context.
The getopt from barebox also re-orders the arguments passed to it so that
non-options are placed last. This allows users to specify options anywhere.
For example, `ls -l foo/ -R` would be re-ordered to `ls -l -R foo/` as
getopt parsed the options. However, this feature conflicts with the const
argv in cmd_tbl->cmd. This was originally added in 54841ab50c ("Make sure
that argv[] argument pointers are not modified."). The reason stated in
that commit is that hush requires argv to stay unmodified. Has this
situation changed? Barebox also uses hush, and does not have this problem.
Perhaps we could use their fix?
I have assigned maintenance of getopt to Simon Glass, as it is currently
only used by the log command. I would also be fine maintaining it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
This makes the log level command print all valid log levels. The default
log level is annotated. This provides an easy way to see which log levels
are compiled-in.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This allows users to query which categories and drivers are available on
their system. This allows them to construct filter-add commands without
(e.g.) adjusting the log format to show categories and drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move parsing of log level into its own function so it can be re-used. This
also adds support for using log level names instead of just the integer
equivalent.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This reduces duplicate code, and makes adding new sub-commands easier.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is the complement of the existing behavior to match only messages with
a log level less than a threshold. This is primarily useful in conjunction
with LOGFF_DENY.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds some tests for log filters which deny if they match.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When rebasing this series I had to renumber all my log tests because
someone made another log test in the meantime. This involved updaing a
number in several places (C and python), and it wasn't checked by the
compiler. So I though "how hard could it be to just rewrite in C?" And
though it wasn't hard, it *was* tedious. Tests are numbered the same as
before to allow for easier review.
A note that if a test fails, everything after it will probably also fail.
This is because that test won't clean up its filters. There's no easy way
to do the cleanup, except perhaps removing all filters in a wrapper
function.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Without this flag, log filters can only explicitly accept messages.
Allowing denial makes it easier to filter certain subsystems. Unlike
allow-ing filters, deny-ing filters are added to the beginning of the
filter list. This should do the Right Thing most of the time, but it's
less-universal than allowing filters to be inserted anywhere. If this
becomes a problem, then perhaps log_filter_add* should take a filter number
to insert before/after.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function exposes a way to specify flags when creating a filter.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These functions are required by "cmd: log: Add commands to manipulate
filters" and "test: Add a test for log filter-*".
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Checkpatch complains about using #ifdef for CONFIG variables.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Both these arrays and their members are const. Fixes checkpatch complaint.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Logging category lists are terminated by LOGC_END, not LOGC_NONE.
Fixes: e9c8d49d54 ("log: Add an implementation of logging")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Errors returned should be negative.
Fixes: 45fac9fc18 ("log: Correct missing free() on error in log_add_filter()")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
On aristianetos boards the display type is detected
through "panel" environment variable. Dependend on the
display type we detect the board type and this decides which
DTB we have to use for the board.
So we need early spi environment access.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Enable the new Kconfig option ENV_SPI_EARLY if you want
to use Environment in SPI flash before relocation.
Call env_init() and than you can use env_get_f() for
accessing Environment variables.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
split from env_import_redund() the part which checks
which Environment is valid into a separate function
called env_check_redund() and call it from env_import_redund().
So env_check_redund() can be used from places which also
need to do this checks.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function will be used from several places in UEFI subsystem
to generate some specific form of utf-16 variable name.
For example, L"Capsule0001"
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Move function to separate module.
Use char * as argument instead of u16 *.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If this option, CONFIG_EFI_SETUP_EARLY, is enabled, the initialisation
of UEFI subsystem will be done as part of U-Boot initialisation.
Please note that this option won't be enabled explicitly by users,
instead, should be enabled implicitly by other configuration options.
Specifically, this feature will be utilised in implementing capsule-on-disk
feature.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This function is a variant of dfu_write_by_name() and takes a DFU alt
setting number for dfu configuration.
It will be utilised to implement UEFI capsule management protocol for
raw image in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This variable will be utilized to enumerate all dfu entities
for UEFI capsule firmware update in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The main purpose of this patch is to separate a generic interface for
updating firmware using DFU drivers from "auto-update" via tftp.
This function will also be used in implementing UEFI capsule update
in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The range of an addressable pointer can go beyond 'integer'.
So change the argument type to a void pointer.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function is essentially independent from tftp, and will also be
utilised in implementing UEFI capsule update in a later commit.
So just give it a more generic name.
In addition, a new configuration option, CONFIG_DFU_WRITE_ALT, was
introduced so that the file will be compiled with different options,
particularly one added in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Up to now the emulated RTC is initialized using the U-Boot build time.
With this patch the environment variable 'rtc_emul_epoch' can be used to
provide a better initial time. The variable is a decimal string with
the number of seconds since 1970-01-01. Here is an example where the RTC
had not been probed yet:
=> setenv rtc_emul_epoch 1610109000
=> date
Date: 2021-01-08 (Friday) Time: 12:30:00
If the variable does not exist, the U-Boot build time is used as fallback.
The environment variable may be set when shutting down the operating system
if the U-Boot environment is exposed to the OS (cf. ENV_IS_IN_FAT and
ENV_IS_IN_EXT4).
Suggested-by: Pablo Sebastián Greco <pgreco@centosproject.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently the emulated RTC is initialized in the emul_rtc_get() get
function. This does not match the design of the driver model.
Move the initialization of the emulated RTC to the probe() function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If ChildHandle indicates the sole child of the driver, disconnect the
driver.
This fixes the test results for UEFI SCT 2.6 A
sub-tests 5.1.3.12.43, 5.1.3.12.44, 5.1.3.12.45.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Found this by comparing it to the coreboot driver, a form of this call
was introduced there in their commit b9a7877568cf ("rockchip/*: refactor
edp driver"). This is copy-pasted from U-Boot's link_train_cr() slightly
above it.
Without this on a gru-kevin chromebook, I have:
clock recovery at voltage 0 pre-emphasis 0
requested signal parameters: lane 0 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 1 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 2 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 3 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
using signal parameters: voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 0 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 1 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 2 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 3 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
using signal parameters: voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 0 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 1 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 2 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 3 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
using signal parameters: voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 0 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 1 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 2 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 3 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
using signal parameters: voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 0 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 1 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 2 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 3 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
using signal parameters: voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
channel eq failed, ret=-5
link train failed!
rk_vop_probe() Device failed: ret=-5
With this, it looks like training succeeds:
clock recovery at voltage 0 pre-emphasis 0
requested signal parameters: lane 0 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 1 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 2 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 3 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
using signal parameters: voltage 0.4V pre_emph 3.5dB
requested signal parameters: lane 0 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 6dB
requested signal parameters: lane 1 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 6dB
requested signal parameters: lane 2 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 6dB
requested signal parameters: lane 3 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 6dB
using signal parameters: voltage 0.4V pre_emph 6dB
requested signal parameters: lane 0 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 0dB
requested signal parameters: lane 1 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 0dB
requested signal parameters: lane 2 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 0dB
requested signal parameters: lane 3 voltage 0.4V pre_emph 0dB
using signal parameters: voltage 0.4V pre_emph 0dB
channel eq at voltage 0 pre-emphasis 0
config video failed
rk_vop_probe() Device failed: ret=-110
The "config video failed" error also goes away when I disable higher
log levels, and it claims to have successfully probed the device.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The SRAM on the PX30 is not big enough to hold multiple DDR configs
so it needs to be selected during build.
So far simply the DDR3 config was always selected and getting DDR4
or LPDDR2/3 initialized would require a code modification.
So add Kconfig options similar to RK3399 to allow selecting the DDR4
and LPDDR2/3 options instead, while DDR3 stays the default as before.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Fix up USB config options so keyboards and other USB devices work.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Change-Id: I34b0696e0ac7303186f20c83278dde340399b690
The property reg-shift with the same value is present in the base
device tree already. Remove unnecessary node from rk3288-tinker.dts.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The I2C EEPROM is present on Tinker Board S as well. Move the i2c node
to the shared, U-Boot specific rk3288-tinker-u-boot.dtsi device tree.
Cc: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to correctly calculate the designware watchdog
timeouts, the watchdog clock is required. Implement required
clocks to facilitate this.
Signed-off-by: Jack Mitchell <ml@embed.me.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Refactor the implementation slightly so that section data is not
rebuilt when it is already available.
We still have GetData() set up to rebuild the section, since we don't
currently track when things change that might affect a section. For
example, if a blob is updated within a section, we must rebuild it.
Tracking that would be possible but is more complex, so it left for
another time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the previous changes, it is now possible to compress entire
sections. Add some tests to check that compression works correctly,
including updating the metadata.
Also update the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function adds up the total size of entries to work out the
size of a section's contents. With compression this is no-longer enough.
We may as well bite the bullet and build the section contents instead.
Call _BuildSectionData() to get the (possibly compressed) contents and
GetPaddedData() to get the same but with padding added.
Note that this is inefficient since the section contents is calculated
twice. Future work will improve this.
This affects testPackOverlapMap() since the error is reported with a
different section size now (enough to hold the contents). Update that at
the same time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function assumes that the size of a section is at least as
large as its contents. With compression this is often not the case. Relax
this constraint by using the uncompressed size, if available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This method introduces a separation between packing and checking that is
different for sections. In order to handle compression properly, we need
to be able to deal with a section's size being smaller than the
uncompressed size of its contents. It is easier to make this work if
everything happens in the Pack() method.
The only real user of CheckEntries() is entry_Section and it can call it
directly. Drop the call from 'control' and handle it locally.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present CheckSize() is called from the function that packs the entries.
Move it up to the main Pack() function so that _PackEntries() can just
do the packing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is only used by entry_Section and that class already calls it. Avoid
calling it twice. Also drop it from the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sorting and expanding entries are side-effects of the
CheckEntries() function. This is a bit confusing, as 'checking' would
not normally involve making changes.
Move these steps into the Pack() function instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function just calls CheckEntries() in the only non-trivial
implementation. Drop it and use CheckEntries() directly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When a section is compressed, all entries within it are grouped together
into a compressed block of data. This obscures the start of each
individual child entry.
Avoid reporting bogus 'image-pos' properties in this case, since it is
not possible to access the entry at the location provided. The entire
section must be decompressed first.
CBFS does not support compressing whole sections, only individual files,
so needs no special handling here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Section contents is not set up when ObtainContents() is called, since
packing often changes the layout of the contents. Ensure that the contents
are correctly recorded by making this function regenerate the section. It
is normally only called by the parent section (when packing) or by the
top-level image code, when writing out the image. So the performance
impact is fairly small.
Now that sections have their contents in their 'data' property, update
testSkipAtStartSectionPad() to check it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When compressing an entry, the original uncompressed data is overwritten.
Store it so it is available if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present padding of sections is inconsistent with other entry types, in
that different pad bytes are used.
When a normal entry is padded by its parent, the parent's pad byte is
used. But for sections, the section's pad byte is used.
Adjust logic to always do this the same way.
Note there is still a special case in entry_Section.GetPaddedData() where
an image is padded with the pad byte of the top-level section. This is
necessary since otherwise there would be no way to set the pad byte of
the image, without adding a top-level section to every image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Each section is padded up to its size, if the contents are not large
enough. Move this logic from _BuildSectionData() to
GetPaddedDataForEntry() so that all the padding is in one place.
With this, the testDual test is working again, so enable it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function does the padding needed around an entry. It is
easier to understand what is going on if we have a function that returns
the contents of an entry, with padding included.
Refactor the code accordingly, adding a new GetPaddedData() method.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create a new _BuildSectionData() to hold the code that is now in
GetData(), so that it is clearly separated from entry.GetData() base
function.
Separate out the 'pad-before' processing to make this easier to
understand.
Unfortunately this breaks the testDual test. Rather than squash several
patches into an un-reviewable glob, disable the test for now.
This also affects testSkipAtStartSectionPad(), although it still not
quite what it should be. Update that temporarily for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Alignment does form part of the entry once the image is written out, but
within binman the entry contents does not include the padding. Add
documentation to make this clear, as well as a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Padding becomes part of the entry once the image is written out, but
within binman the entry contents does not include the padding. Add
documentation to make this clear, as well as a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Check the contents of each section to make sure it is actually in the
right place.
Also fix a whitespace error in the .dts file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we use 'compress' as the property to set the compression of
a 'files' entry. But this conflicts with the same property for entries,
of which Entry_section is a subclass.
Strictly speaking, since Entry_files is in fact a subclass of
Entry_section, the files can be compressed individually but also the
section (that contains all the files) can itself be compressed. With this
change, it is possible to express that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this is only used by blobs. To allow it to be used by other
entry types (such as sections), move it into the base class.
Also read the compression type in the base class.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While a section is the base class of Image, it is more correct to refer
to sections in most places in this file. Fix these comments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if 'binman' is typed on the command line, a strange error about
a missing argument is displayed. Fix this.
These does not seem to be standard way to add the 'required' argument in
all recent Python versions, so set it manually.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this feature is tested view the end-at-4gb feature. Add some
tests of its own, including the operation of padding.
The third test here shows binman's current, inconsistent approach to
padding in the top-level section. Future patches in this series will
address this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With of-platdata, the devicetree is supposed to specify all the devices
in the system. So far this hasn't really mattered since of-platdata still
works correctly.
However, new of-platdata features rely on numbering the devices in a
particular order so that they can be referenced by a single integer. It is
tricky to implement this efficiently when other devices are present in the
build.
To address this, disable use of U_BOOT_DEVICE() when of-platdata is
enabled. This seems acceptable as it is not supposed to be used at all,
except in SPL/TPL, where of-platdata is the recommended approach.
This breaks one non-compliant boards at present: mx6cuboxi
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(disable CONFIG_IMX_THERMAL for mx6cuboxi to avoid a build error)
This feature is incompatble with of-platdata since it uses the
U_BOOT_DEVICE() macro. With of-platdata the only devices permitted are
those created by dtoc.
The driver is not used in SPL anyway, so exclude it from that build.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
At present we use a 'node' pointer in the of-platadata phandle_n_arg
structs. This is a pointer to the struct driver_info for a particular
device, and we can use it to obtain the struct udevice pointer itself.
Since we don't know the struct udevice pointer until it is allocated in
memory, we have to fix up the phandle_n_arg.node at runtime. This is
annoying since it requires that SPL's data is writable and adds a small
amount of extra (generated) code in the dm_populate_phandle_data()
function.
Now that we can find a driver_info by its index, it is easier to put the
index in the phandle_n_arg structures.
Update dtoc to do this, add a new device_get_by_driver_info_idx() to look
up a device by drive_info index and update the tests to match.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that parent devices are supported with of-platadata, we don't need the
messy code to fix up the parent pointers and allocations on Apollo Lake.
Put the code behind a condition.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present, enabling CONFIG_APL_SPI_FLASH_BOOT does not build since SPI
and SPI flash are not enabled for TPL. Add a condition to fix this and
tidy up a build warning in the SPI-flash driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a simple test that we can obtain the correct parent for an I2C
device. This requires updating the driver names to match the compatible
strings, adding them to the devicetree and enabling a few options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present of-platdata does not provide parent information. But this is
useful for I2C devices, for example, since it allows them to determine
which bus they are on.
Add support for setting the parent correctly, by storing the parent
driver_info index in dtoc and reading this in lists_bind_drivers(). This
needs multiple passes since we must process children after their parents
already have been bound.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no devicetree with of-platdata. Update a few uclasses to allow
them to be built for sandbox_spl. Also drop the i2c-gpio from SPL to avoid
build errors, since it does not support of-platdata.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we update the driver_info struct with a pointer to the device
that it created (i.e. caused to be bound). This works fine when U-Boot SPL
is stored in read-write memory. But on some platforms, such as Intel
Apollo Lake, it is not possible to update the data memory.
In any case, it is bad form to put this information in a structure that is
in the data region, since it expands the size of the binary.
Create a new driver_rt structure which holds runtime information about
drivers. Update the code to store the device pointer in this instead.
Also update the test check that this works.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have a test in dtoc for this feature, but not one in U-Boot itself.
Add a simple test that checks that the information comes through
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With of-platdata, the driver_info struct is updated with the device
pointer when it is bound. This makes it easy for a device to be found by
its driver info with the device_get_by_driver_info() function.
Add a test that all devices (except the root device) have such an entry.
Fix a bug that the function does not set *devp to NULL on failure, which
the documentation asserts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present properties are tested in a roundabout way. The driver's probe()
method writes out the values of the properties and the Python test checks
the output from U-Boot SPL.
Add a C test which checks these values more directly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have a pytest that covers of-platadata. Add a very simple
unit test that just checks that a device can be found. This shows the
ability to write these tests in C.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a -u flag for U-Boot SPL which requests that unit tests be run. To
make this work, export dm_test_main() and update it to skip test features
that are not used with of-platdata.
To run the tests:
$ spl/u-boot-spl -u
U-Boot SPL 2020.10-rc5 (Oct 01 2020 - 07:35:39 -0600)
Running 0 driver model tests
Failures: 0
At present there are no SPL unit tests.
Note that there is one wrinkle with these tests. SPL has limited memory
available for allocation. Also malloc_simple does not free memory
(free() is a nop) and running tests repeatedly causes driver-model to
reinit multiple times and allocate memory. Therefore it is not possible
to run more than a few tests at a time. One solution is to increase the
amount of malloc space in sandbox_spl. This is not a problem for pytest,
since it runs each test individually, so for now this is left as is.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present DM tests assume that a devicetree is available. This is not the
case with of-platadata.
Update the code to add this condition.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Without resizing the SDL window showed by
./u-boot -D -l
is not legible on a high resolution screen.
Allow resizing the window
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present an integer is converted to bytes incorrectly. The whole 32-bit
integer is inserted as the first element of the byte array, and the other
three bytes are skipped. This was not noticed because the unit test did
not check it, and the functional test was checking for wrong values.
Update the code to handle this as a special case. Add one more test to
cover all code paths.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this option is disabled in SPL, meaning that warnings are not
displayed. It is sometimes useful to see warnings in SPL for debugging
purposes.
Add a new Kconfig option to permit this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the structures are written in name order, but parents have to
be written before their children, so the file does not end up being in
order. The order of nodes in _valid_nodes matches the order of the
devicetree.
Update the code so that _valid_nodes is in sorted order, by C name of
the structure. This allows us to assign a sequential ordering to each
U_BOOT_DEVICE() declaration.
U-Boot's linker lists are also ordered alphabetically, which means that
the order in the driver_info list will match the order used by dtoc. This
defines an index ('idx') for the U_BOOT_DEVICE declarations. They appear
in alphabetical order, numbered from 0 in _valid_nodes and in the
driver_info linker list.
Add a comment against each declaration, showing the idx value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add documentation to this function as well as generate_structs(), where
the return value is ultimately passed in.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since sandbox's SPL is build with of-platadata, we should not use
U_BOOT_DEVICE() declarations as well. Drop them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tests are easier to run in U-Boot proper. Running them in SPL does not add
test coverage in most cases. Also some tests use features that are not
available in SPL.
Update the build rules to disable these tests in SPL. We still need
test-main to be able to actually run SPL tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we always include test/dm from the main Makefile. We have a
CONFIG_UNIT_TEST that should control whether the test/ directory is built,
so rely on that instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present most of the tests in test/Makefile are dependent on
CONFIG_SANDBOX. But this is not ideal since they rely on commands being
available and SPL does not support commands.
Use CONFIG_COMMAND instead. This has the dual purpose of allowing these
tests to be used on other boards and allowing SPL to skip them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this option results in a number of #ifdefs due to the presence
or absence of the global_data of_root member.
Add a few macros to global_data.h to work around this. Update the code
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for multiple images, since these are used on x86 now. Select
the first image for now, since that is generally the correct one. At some
point we can add a way to determine which image is currently running.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a function to read the ROM offset so that we can store the value
in one place and clients don't need to store it themselves after calling
binman_set_rom_offset().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Armada 8k: Add NAND support via PXA3xx NAND driver (Baruch)
- Armada 8k: Use ATF serdes init instead of the "old" U-Boot version
(Baruch)
- Minor update to Octeon TX/TX2 defconfig (Stefan)
Xilinx changes for v2021.01-v2
common:
- Add support for 64bit loadables from SPL
xilinx:
- Update documentation and record ownership
- Enable eeprom board detection based legacy and fru formats
- Add support for FRU format
microblaze:
- Optimize low level ASM code
- Enable SPI/I2C
- Enable distro boot
zynq:
- Add support for Zturn V5
zynqmp:
- Improve silicon detection code
- Enable several kconfig options
- Align DT with the latest state
- Enabling security commands
- Enable and support FPGA loading from SPL
- Optimize xilinx_pm_request() calling
versal:
- Some DTs/Kconfig/defconfig alignments
- Add binding header for clock and power
zynq-sdhci:
- Add support for tap delay programming
zynq-spi/zynq-qspi:
- Use clock framework for getting clocks
xilinx-spi:
- Fix some code issues (unused variables)
serial:
- Check return value from clock functions in pl01x
Maxime mentioned that he feels not having the time to be an Allwinner
maintainer anymore. Take over from him.
Maxime, many thanks for your great work in the past! I hope I can still
relay the occasional technical question to you in the future.
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Based on Linux kernel commit fc256f5789cb ("mtd: nand: pxa3xx: enable
NAND controller if the SoC needs it"). This commit adds support for the
Armada 8040 nand controller.
The kernel commit says this:
Marvell recent SoCs like A7k/A8k do not boot with NAND flash
controller activated by default. Enabling the controller is a matter
of writing in a system controller register that may also be used for
other NAND related choices.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Shmuel Hazan <shmuel.h@siklu.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Move board_fit_config_name_match() from Zynq/ZynqMP to common location.
This change will open a way to use it also by Microblaze and Versal.
Through this function there is a way to handle images with multiple DTBs.
For now match it with DEVICE_TREE as is done for Zynq.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove setting tapdelays for different speeds separately. Instead use
the ITAP and OTAP delay values which are read from the device tree.
If the DT does not contain tap delay values, the predefined values
will be used for the same.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The kfree() call is unreachable, and is not needed. Remove this call and
the fail_disable_clk label.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Use the generic DT code to find the device compatible property for us.
This makes the driver look more like other current drivers. It also make
it easier to add support for other variants like Armada 8K in a future
commit.
Signed-off-by: Shmuel Hazan <shmuel.h@siklu.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Align node properties to kernel dts node.
The change of compatible property does not affect any currently
supported board.
Keep U-Boot specific nand-enable-arbiter, and num-cs for compatibility
with the current driver.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Align node properties to kernel dts node.
Keep U-Boot specific nand-enable-arbiter, and num-cs for compatibility
with the current driver.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Shmuel Hazan <shmuel.h@siklu.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
It helps ATF to determine who called power on function (U-boot/Linux).
The corresponding ATF code was added in this commit:
mvebu: cp110: avoid pcie power on/off sequence when called from Linux
55df84f974
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Replace the comphy initialization for PCIe with appropriate SMC call, so
the firmware will perform appropriate comphy initialization.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Ken Ma <make@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Replace all comphy initialization with appropriate smc calls. It will
result with triggering synchronous exception that is handled by Secure
Monitor code in EL3. Then the Secure Monitor code will dispatch each smc
call (by parsing the smc function identifier) and triggers appropriate
comphy initialization.
This patch reworks serdes handling for: SATA, SGMII, HS-SGMII and SFI
interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Tests tests run the three mux subcommands: list, select, and deselect,
and verify that the commands do what we expect.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command lets the user list, select, and deselect mux controllers
introduced with the mux framework on the fly. It has 3 subcommands:
list, select, and deselect.
List: Lists all the mux present on the system. The muxes are listed for
each chip. The chip is identified by its device name. Each chip can have
a number of mux controllers. Each is listed in sequence and is assigned
a sequential ID based on its position in the mux chip. It lists details
like ID, whether the mux is currently selected or not, the current
state, the idle state, and the number of states.
A sample output would look something like:
=> mux list
a-mux-controller:
ID Selected Current State Idle State Num States
0 no unknown as-is 0x4
1 no 0x2 0x2 0x10
2 no 0x73 0x73 0x100
another-mux-controller:
ID Selected Current State Idle State Num States
0 no 0x1 0x1 0x4
1 no 0x2 0x2 0x4
Select: Selects a given mux and puts it in the specified state. This
subcommand takes 3 arguments: mux chip, mux ID, state to set
the mux in. The arguments mux chip and mux ID are used to identify which
mux needs to be selected, and then it is selected to the given state.
The mux needs to be deselected before it can be selected again in
another state. The state should be a hexadecimal number.
For example:
=> mux list
a-mux-controller:
ID Selected Current State Idle State Num States
0 no 0x1 0x1 0x4
1 no 0x1 0x1 0x4
=> mux select a-mux-controller 0 0x3
=> mux list
a-mux-controller:
ID Selected Current State Idle State Num States
0 yes 0x3 0x1 0x4
1 no 0x1 0x1 0x4
Deselect: Deselects a given mux and puts it in its idle state. This
subcommand takes 2 arguments: the mux chip and mux ID to identify which
mux needs to be deselected. So in the above example, we can deselect mux
0 using:
=> mux deselect a-mux-controller 0
=> mux list
a-mux-controller:
ID Selected Current State Idle State Num States
0 no 0x1 0x1 0x4
1 no 0x1 0x1 0x4
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide tests to check the behavior of the multiplexer framework.
Two sets of tests are added. One is using an emulated multiplexer driver
that can be used to test basic functionality like select, deselect, etc.
The other is using the mmio mux which adds tests specific to it.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The memory is close to full and adding a syscon node in test.dts makes
it go over the limit and makes malloc() fail on startup.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a driver for mmio-based syscon multiplexers controlled by
bitfields in a syscon register range.
This is heavily based on the linux mmio-mux driver.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
This will probe the multiplexer devices that have a "u-boot,mux-autoprobe"
property. As a consequence they will be put in their idle state.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Add a new subsystem that handles multiplexer controllers. The API is the
same as in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
[trini: Update some error calls to use different functions or pass
correct arguments]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2021-01-rc2
A software RTC driver is supplied for UEFI SCT testing.
The following UEFI related bugs are fixed:
* correct handling of daylight saving time in GetTime() and SetTime()
* handling of the gd register in function tracing on RISC-V
* disable U-Boot devices in ExitBootServices()
The log command has led to NULL dereferences if an unknown category name
name was used due to missing entries in the list of category names.
Add compile time checks for the array sizes of log_cat_name and
log_lvl_name to avoid future mishaps.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adjust the SetTime() and GetTime() runtime services to correctly convert
the daylight saving time information when communicating with the RTC.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
U-Boot Driver Model is supposed to remove devices with either
DM_REMOVE_ACTIVE_DMA or DM_REMOVE_OS_PREPARE flags set, before exiting.
Our bootm command does that by explicitly calling calling
"dm_remove_devices_flags(DM_REMOVE_ACTIVE_ALL);" and we also disable any
USB devices.
The EFI equivalent is doing none of those at the moment. As a result
probing an fTPM driver now renders it unusable in Linux. During our
(*probe) callback we open a session with OP-TEE, which is supposed to
close with our (*remove) callback. Since the (*remove) is never called,
once we boot into Linux and try to probe the device again we are getting
a busy error response. Moreover all uclass (*preremove) functions won't
run.
So let's fix this by mimicking what bootm does and disconnect devices
when efi_exit_boot_services() is called.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
An UEFI application may change the value of the register that gd lives in.
But some of our functions like get_ticks() access this register. So we
have to set the gd register to the U-Boot value when entering a trace
point and set it back to the application value when exiting the trace
point.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
On a board without hardware clock this software real time clock can be
used. The build time is used to initialize the RTC. So you will have
to adjust the time either manually using the 'date' command or use
the 'sntp' to update the RTC with the time from a network time server.
See CONFIG_CMD_SNTP and CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER. The RTC time is
advanced according to CPU ticks.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Provide a constant U_BOOT_EPOCH with the number of seconds since
1970-01-01. This constant can be used to initialize a software
real time clock until it is updated via the 'sntp' command.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Provide a unit test checking that a continuation message will use the same
log level and log category as the previous message.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some drivers use macro pr_cont() for continuing a message sent via printk.
Hence if we want to convert printk messaging to using the logging system,
we must support continuation of log messages too.
As pr_cont() does not provide a message level we need a means of
remembering the last log level.
With the patch a pseudo log level LOGL_CONT as well as a pseudo log
category LOGC_CONT are introduced. Using these results in the application
of the same log level and category as in the previous log message.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace the static variable processing_msg by a field in the global data.
Make the field bool at it can only be true or false.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With disabled legacy VIDEO option CONSOLE_MUX is not auto-selected
any more, re-enable it.
Fixes: 9dec5a0ea1 ("nokia_rx51: disable obsolete VIDEO config")
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Define default values for input and output clock phase delays for
Versal. Also define functions for setting tapdelays based on these
clock phase delays.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Define input and output clock phase delays with pre-defined values.
Define arasan_sdhci_clk_data type structure and add it to priv
structure and store these clock phase delays in it.
Read input and output clock phase delays from dt. If these values are
not passed through dt, use pre-defined values.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Define timing macro's for all the available speeds of mmc. This is
done similar to linux. Replace speed macro's used with these new timing
macro's wherever applicable.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This reverts commit 942b5fc032.
This is partial revert of the above commit.
mmc_of_parse() is reading no-1-8-v from device tree and if set,
it is clearing the UHS speed capabilities of cfg->host_caps.
cfg->host_caps &= ~(UHS_CAPS | MMC_MODE_HS200 |
MMC_MODE_HS400 | MMC_MODE_HS400_ES);
This is still missing to clear UHS speeds like SDHCI_SUPPORT_SDR104,
SDHCI_SUPPORT_SDR50 and SDHCI_SUPPORT_DDR50.
Even if we clear the flags SDHCI_SUPPORT_XXX in mmc_of_parse(),
these speed flags are getting set again in cfg->host_caps in
sdhci_setup_cfg().
The reason for this is, SDHCI_SUPPORT_XXX flags are cleared
only if controller is not capable of supporting MMC_VDD_165_195 volts.
if (caps & SDHCI_CAN_VDD_180)
cfg->voltages |= MMC_VDD_165_195;
if (!(cfg->voltages & MMC_VDD_165_195))
caps_1 &= ~(SDHCI_SUPPORT_SDR104 | SDHCI_SUPPORT_SDR50 |
SDHCI_SUPPORT_DDR50);
It means "no-1-8-v", which is read from DT is not coming in to effect.
So it is better we keep the host quirks(SDHCI_QUIRK_NO_1_8_V) to
clear UHS speeds based on no-1-8-v from device tree.
Hence revert the functionality related to no-1-8-v only, rest is fine
in the patch.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add function description for zynq_qspi_init_hw and zynq_qspi_chipselect.
Fix zqspi to priv in function descriptions.
Change the description of priv as pointer to zynq_qspi_priv structure.
Fix other function descriptions to kernel-doc style.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Use tabs to be aligned with the rest of the code.
Fixes: 658df8bd94 ("mtd: spi-nor-core: Add octal mode support")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Call generic board_late_init_xilinx() to be aligned with the rest of xilinx
platforms. Also getting rid of initrd_high/fdt_high and use
bootm_low/boot_size instead.
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Change parameter type to avoid compilation error:
In file included from ./tools/../lib/rsa/rsa-verify.c:23:0,
from tools/lib/rsa/rsa-verify.c:1:
include/u-boot/rsa-mod-exp.h:69:18: error: unknown type name ‘u32’; did you mean ‘__u32’?
int zynq_pow_mod(u32 *keyptr, u32 *inout);
^~~
__u32
include/u-boot/rsa-mod-exp.h:69:31: error: unknown type name ‘u32’; did you mean ‘__u32’?
int zynq_pow_mod(u32 *keyptr, u32 *inout);
^~~
__u32
Fixes: 37e3a36a54 ("xilinx: zynq: Add support to secure images")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add ram base address to scriptaddr env variable to make boot
script address to be a valid address when ddr base address changes.
This works properly if the first memory region is the region where uboot
runs. Also the solution was taken in respect of a lot of jtag script
putting u-boot script to certain address. For standard cases
bd->bi_dram[0].start is 0 all the time. Only for systems with DDR placed
out of this location it does calculation.
This is not the best solution and should be done differently in future but
enough for now till we don't have full solution ready yet.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
For zynqmp qspi, frequencies up to 40MHz will work irrespective
of feedback clock enabled or disabled. If we want higher than
40Mhz the feedback clock should be enabled.
With spi-max-frequency 108MHz it is not working when the feedback
clock is disabled. Change it to 40MHz so that it works irrespective
of feedback clock enabled or disabled.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
U-Boot SPL on ZynqMP is using CONFIG_SPL_USE_TINY_PRINTF which doesn't
return any return value and all the time returns 0. That's why
even correct snprintf was returning in SPL chip ID as "unknown".
Change checking condition and allow snprintf to return 0 which is according
manual patch successful return.
"If an output error is encountered, a negative value is returned."
Fixes: 43a138956f7e ("arm64: zynqmp: Get rid of simple_itoa and replace it by snprintf")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Fix hex format from 0x%0X to 0x%0x to show correct numbers.
Fixes: fa793165da ("xilinx: zynqmp: refactor silicon name function")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Idea is to have something what can be used for board bringup from
generic board perspective.
There is a violation compare to spec that FRU ID is ASCII8 instead of
binary format but this is really for having something to pass boot and
boot to OS which has better generating options.
Also time should be filled properly.
For example:
fru board_gen 1000 XILINX versal-x-prc-01-revA serialX partX
There is also support for revision field which is Xilinx specific field.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds support for fru commands "fru capture" and "fru display".
The fru capture parses the FRU table present at an address and stores in a
structure for later use. The fru display prints the content of captured
structured in a readable format.
As of now, it supports only common header and board area of FRU. Also, it
supports only English language code and ASCII8/BINARY formats.
fru_data variable is placed to data section because fru parser can be
called very early before bss is initialized. And also information needs to
be shared that's why it is exported via header.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no need to reference files in common folder back. Simply adding
Makefile to this folder does the job because this "common" location is
already wired in main Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no reason to have ZYNQ specific Kconfig macro in generic location
to be visible for all other SoCs. That's why move it to Xilinx common
location to be visible only for us.
Also introduce new bool entry ZYNQ_MAC_IN_EEPROM to have also an option to
disable it or enable. This has connection to code which is reading the
whole content of i2c and also work with the rest of date not just with MAC
address.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The commit 9f45aeb937 ("spl: fit: implement fdt_record_loadable") which
introduced fdt_record_loadable() state there spl_fit.c is not 64bit safe.
Based on my tests on Xilinx ZynqMP zcu102 platform there shouldn't be a
problem to record these addresses in 64bit format.
The patch adds support for systems which need to load images above 4GB.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SPL is creating fit-images DT node when loadables are recorded in selected
configuration. Entries which are created are using entry-point and
load-addr property names. But there shouldn't be a need to use non standard
properties because entry/load are standard FIT properties. But using
standard FIT properties enables option to use generic FIT functions to
descrease SPL size. Here is result for ZynqMP virt configuration:
xilinx_zynqmp_virt: spl/u-boot-spl:all -82 spl/u-boot-spl:rodata -22 spl/u-boot-spl:text -60
The patch causes change in run time fit image record.
Before:
fit-images {
uboot {
os = "u-boot";
type = "firmware";
size = <0xfd520>;
entry-point = <0x8000000>;
load-addr = <0x8000000>;
};
};
After:
fit-images {
uboot {
os = "u-boot";
type = "firmware";
size = <0xfd520>;
entry = <0x8000000>;
load = <0x8000000>;
};
};
Replacing calling fdt_getprop_u32() by fit_image_get_entry/load() also
enables support for reading entry/load properties recorded in 64bit format.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove fixed reference clk used by plat->frequency and use clk
subsystem to get reference clk. As per spi dt bindings
"spi-max-frequency" property should be used by the slave devices.
This property is read by spi-uclass driver for the slave device.
So avoid reading above property from the platform driver.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove fixed reference clk used by plat->frequency and use clk
subsystem to get reference clk. As per spi dt bindings
"spi-max-frequency" property should be used by the slave devices.
This property is read by spi-uclass driver for the slave device.
So avoid reading above property from the platform driver.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There also a need to check return values to make sure that clocks were
enabled and setup properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The most of Xilinx evaluation boards have FMC connectors which contain
small eeprom for card identification. That's why read content of eeprom and
record it.
Also generate cardX_ variables for easier script handling.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Starts to use new way how eeproms should be referenced.
Reference is done via nvmem alias nodes. When this new way is specified
code itself read the eeprom and decode xilinx legacy format and fill struct
xilinx_board_description. Then based on information present there board_*
variables are setup.
If variables are saved and content can't be changed information is just
shown on console.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add support for getting a node/property from aliases.
The similar functionality is provided for chosen node and this
implemenatation is copy of it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
By default 48B sha3 hash value is written to srcaddr which is not the best
solution in case of that you want to use data for other operations. That's
why add key_addr optional parameters which enables to write 48B sha3 hash
value to specified address.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
This patch adds support for encryption and decryption on a given data
blob using different key sources such as userkey(KUP), device key and
PUF key. Inorder to support this a new zynqmp command(zynqmp aes) has
been introduced.
Command:
zynqmp aes srcaddr ivaddr len aesop keysrc dstaddr [keyaddr]\n"
Encrypts or decrypts blob of data at src address and puts it\n"
back to dstaddr using key and iv at keyaddr and ivaddr\n"
respectively. keysrc values specifies from which source key\n"
has to be used, it can be User/Device/PUF key. A value of 0\n"
for KUP(user key),1 for DeviceKey and 2 for PUF key. The\n"
aesop value would specify the operationwhich can be 0 for\n"
decrypt and 1 for encrypt(1) operation\n";
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
SPL DT contains only nodes which are contain u-boot,dm-pre-reloc property.
iommu node is not this case that's why when DT is read DTC reports some
warnings.
$ dtc -I dtb -O dts dts/dt-spl.dtb >/dev/null
<stdout>: Warning (iommus_property): /amba/spi@ff0f0000:iommus: Could not get phandle node for (cell 0)
<stdout>: Warning (iommus_property): /amba/mmc@ff160000:iommus: Could not get phandle node for (cell 0)
<stdout>: Warning (iommus_property): /amba/mmc@ff170000:iommus: Could not get phandle node for (cell 0)
SPL also has an option to remove some DT properties which are useless for
SPL to make DT even smaller.
Default DT properties are pinctrl-0 pinctrl-names interrupt-parent
interrupts which are already removed.
The patch extends this list with iommus to get rid of above warnings.
Also power-domains unused properties can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Sometimes it is very useful to be able disable/enable cache that's why
enable commands for it by default.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
fpga bitstream needs to be listed in config node in FIT image. Only tested
option is bitstream in BIN format.
Enabling this feature increase code size by almost 4k.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
simple_itoa() is implemented only for !CONFIG_USE_TINY_PRINTF. Tiny printf
is normally used by SPL that's code which uses simple_itoa() has missing
reference. That's why refactor code by using on snprintf() instead of
strncpy()/strncat() combination. This change also descrease code size by
saving 24B based on buildman.
aarch64: (for 1/1 boards) all -22.0 rodata +2.0 text -24.0
xilinx_zynqmp_virt: all -22 rodata +2 text -24
u-boot: add: 0/0, grow: 0/-1 bytes: 0/-24 (-24)
function old new delta
board_init 520 496 -24
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
In case of fpga loading (which can be huge) 100ms is not enough. That's why
extend timeout 10 times to wait maximum 1s to get ACK back.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Don't know reason but in regular flow addr_hi/low are swapped in ATF. It
means when fpga load is done from EL3 there is a need to swap it for PMUFW
to load bitstream.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Mini u-boot timer clock is not updated when u-boot is migrated from
emulator to silicon. Due to this slower clock of 2.72Mhz, delay() functions
are not working accurately. Update CONFIG_COUNTER_FREQUENCY to 100Mhz.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Mini u-boot eMMC dt parameters are not in sync with full u-boot dt.
Frequency for eMMC is fixed to 25Mhz. Due to this, mmc multi-block write
commands are failing. Increase frequency to 200Mhz to fix this issue.
Add bus-width = <8>, non-removable and disable-wp properties to the node
as this is eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add distro boot support for microblaze and enable jtag, qspi,
dhcp, pxe boot targets for distro boot.
Enable DISTRO_DEFAULTS config in microblaze defconfig and also
enable support for spi xilinx driver & spi vendors to access
spi flash by distro boot.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Setup all the distro boot related environment variables at
run time. Add BOOT_SCRIPT_OFFSET config to microblaze board
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
9cg version was supported before code refactoring. The patch is adding it
back.
Fixes: fa793165da ("xilinx: zynqmp: refactor silicon name function")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Adding Z-turn board V5 to resolve the change between:
"Z-TURNBOARD_schematic.pdf" schematics state version 1 to 4 has Atheros AR8035
"Z-Turn_Board_sch_V15_20160303.pdf" schematics state version 5 has Micrel KSZ9031
At this time the S25FL128SAGNFI003 doesn't work because of bug:
*** Warning - spi_flash_probe_bus_cs() failed, using default environment
zynq-zturn was checked on V5 board, same error.
Maybe Z-turn board have the same problem (board with W25Q128BVFIG).
Signed-off-by: Alexandre GRIVEAUX <agriveaux@deutnet.info>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add missing documentation for Xilinx ZynqMP configuration with steps how
to configure it and run it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Several drivers have been added without updating documentation.
And also some dt bindings have been moved to yaml.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add fragment to cover documenation for Xilinx platforms.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Implement early init by calling generic board_init_f_alloc_reserve and
board_init_f_init_reserve functions:
* drop SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN related code, as allocation and gd->malloc_base
assignment are taken care of by the generic functions
* drop _gd logic
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Currently, the exceptions setup code is duplicated in pre-relocation and
post-relocation init. Factor out this code to __setup_exceptions asm
routine to get rid of the duplication.
__setup_exceptions is called with a relocation offset parameter (r5)
which is set to zero for pre-reloc init and gd->reloc_off for post-reloc
exception setup.
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
DM_VIDEO conversion deadline has passed, disable VIDEO config.
Boards should convert to DM_VIDEO if they need video console
support.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
DM_VIDEO conversion deadline has passed, disable VIDEO config.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Erik van Luijk <evanluijk@interact.nl>
- No need to check before free in kendryte clk.
- Only enable OF_BOARD_FIXUP if U-Boot is configured for S-Mode.
- Reduce k210 dts DMA block size
- Move timers into drivers/timer
- Correct fu540 dts reg size of clint node
Half of this driver is a DM-based timer driver, and half is RISC-V-specific
IPI code. Move the timer portions in with the other timer drivers. The
KConfig is not moved, since it also enables IPIs. It could also be split
into two configs, but no boards use the timer but not the IPI atm, so I
haven't split it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
This is a regular timer driver, and should live with the other timer
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Although the max DMA size supported by the hardware register is 22 bits (or
4M), the Linux driver for this device only supports transfers of up to 2M.
On a device with 8M total memory, I don't think it will make too much of a
difference.
Reported-by: Damien Le Moal <Damien.LeMoal@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
It is unsafe to enable OF_BOARD_FIXUP only based on OF_SEPARATE.
OF_SEPARATE may indicate that the user wishes U-Boot to use a different
device tree than one obtained via OF_PRIOR_STAGE. However, OF_SEPARATE may
also indicate that the device tree which would be obtained via
OF_PRIOR_STAGE is invalid, nonexistant, or otherwise unusable. In this
latter case, enabling OF_BOARD_FIXUP will result in corruption of the
device tree. To remedy this, only enable OF_BOARD_FIXUP if U-Boot is
configured for S-Mode.
Fixes: 1c17e55594
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
free() checks if its argument is NULL. No need to check it twice.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Highlights:
- Fix a problem with the bootm overlap tests
- Remove duplicated code in fatwrite
- Cleanup our current "misc" command code and add a new one for misc
class devices.
- Various GPIO fixes
It doesn't need to consider start byte address.
If ramdisk size is 0x800000 and start address is 0x2700000, then it's
used until 0x02efffff, not 0x02f00000. But it's detected to overlapt RD
image, when kernel start address is 0x02f00000.
Because it's doing wrong calculation about rd_len.
This patch fixed wrong calculation address position when check
condition.
In addition, it needs to check one more condition about overlapping
entire area.
Fixes: commit fbde7589ce ("common: bootm: add checks to verify if ramdisk / fdtimage overlaps OS image")
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
do_save() function defined in fs.c also supports FAT file system
re-use the same for fatwrite command.
Also fix the FAT test script to match the expected output.
Signed-off-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Enable the command "misc" for accessing miscellaneous devices with
a MISC uclass driver. The command provides listing all MISC devices
as well as read and write functionalities via their drivers.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
The "cmd/Kconfig" has a TODO description for CMD_MISC that it should
really be named as CMD_SLEEP. Change it in the whole source tree.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
This change fixes two issues when building u-boot-nodtb.bin target:
* Remove intermediate binary u-boot-nodtb.bin from disk when static_rela
call (which modifies u-boot-nodtb.bin binary) failed. It is required
because previous objcopy call creates binary and static_rela finish it.
* Do not call static_rela cmd when u-boot-nodtb.bin binary was not
created/updated by previous objcopy call.
Second fix would ensure that u-boot-nodtb.bin binary is not updated when
all prerequisites were up-to-date. And therefore final binary u-boot.bin
is not updated in case all prerequisites were not modified and were
up-to-date.
Now running 'make SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=0 u-boot.bin' second time now does not
touch u-boot.bin binary in case nothing was modified, so GNU make can
correctly detect that everything is up-to-date.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the size of states_array to avoid overflow for
dev_pdata->voltages[j] and dev_pdata->states[j].
As the size of array is GPIO_REGULATOR_MAX_STATES, the size of
states_array is limited by GPIO_REGULATOR_MAX_STATES * 2 = 4
instead of 8 previously.
The value of the "count" variable is limited by the third parameter of
fdtdec_get_int_array_count.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable the CMD_MDIO Kconfig option by removing the "is not set"
indication from all the defconfigs for this SoC.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
On all newer Layerscape SoCs, only the export-controlled ciphers of the
crypto module are disabled on non-E parts. Thus it doesn't make sense to
completely remove the node. Linux will figure out what is there and what
is not.
Just remove it for older SoCs, where the module is indeed completely
disabled on non-E parts.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Horia Geanta <horia.geanta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The board supports 16 configuration bits which can be manipulated with
this command. See the board's README for a detailed explanation on each
bit.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Tested-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add basic support for the Kontron SMARC-sAL28 board. This includes just
the bare minimum to be able to bring up the board and boot linux.
For now, the Single and Dual PHY variant is supported. Other variants
will fall back to the basic variant.
In particular, there is no watchdog support for now. This means that you
have to disable the default watchdog, otherwise you'll end up in the
recovery bootloader. See the board README for details.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The register to enable/disable the write-permission of DBI RO
registers should be accessed via the CFG_ADDR/CFG_DATA registers
instead of accessing directly.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
As per hardware documentation, ECx_PMUX has precedence
over SerDes protocol.
For LX2160/LX2162 if DPMACs 17 and 18 are enabled as SGMII
through SerDes protocol but ECx_PMUX configured them as RGMII,
then the ports will be configured as RGMII and not SGMII.
Signed-off-by: Razvan Ionut Cirjan <razvanionut.cirjan@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable support to compile OPTEE driver, access AVB TA
and RPMB API's access via RPC from OPTEE for lx2160
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable "optee_rpmb" command to write/read named persistent values
created on RPMB by opening session with OPTEE AVB TA.
This provides easy test for establishing a session with OPTEE
TA and storage of persistent data in MMC RPMB.
It includes following subcommands:
optee_rpmb read_pvalue:read persistent values on rpmb via OPTEE AVB TA
optee_rpmb write_pvalue:write persistent values on rpmb via OPTEE AVB
TA
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In the current implementation, u-boot creates iommu mappings only
for PCI devices enumarated at boot time thus does not take into
account more dynamic scenarios such as SR-IOV or PCI hot-plug.
Add an u-boot env var and a device tree property (to be used for
example in more static scenarios such as hardwired PCI endpoints
that get initialized later in the system setup) that would allow
two things:
- for a SRIOV capable PCI EP identified by its B.D.F specify
the maximum number of VFs that will ever be created for it
- for hot-plug case, specify the B.D.F with which the device
will show up on the PCI bus
More details can be found in the included documentation:
arch/arm/cpu/armv8/fsl-layerscape/doc/README.pci_iommu_extra
Signed-off-by: Laurentiu Tudor <laurentiu.tudor@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Fix duplication of this code by placing it in a common function.
Furthermore, the resulting function will be re-used in upcoming
patches.
Signed-off-by: Laurentiu Tudor <laurentiu.tudor@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Move the pci device related fdt fixup in a function in order to
re-use it in a following patch. While at it, improve the error
handling.
Signed-off-by: Laurentiu Tudor <laurentiu.tudor@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
- Assorted updates for Xen, IPQ40xx, ASpeed, Keymile
- Assorted typo / documentation fixes
- Fix default preboot cmd to act like before with USB_STORAGE set
- A number of other bugfixes throughout the code
dev_err has been used for debugging and a few dev_err message are
printed for normal code execution. Make them dev_dbg instead.
Signed-off-by: Fabien Parent <fparent@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
By using a hypervisor call, we can implement DEBUG_UART on xen.
This will allow us to see messages even earlier than serial_init().
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
This new function, xen_debug_putc(), is intended to be used to
enable CONFIG_DEBUG_UART on xen guest.
Please note that the underlying functionality in Xen is available
only when Xen is configured with !NDEBUG but is much simpler than
a generic HYPERVISOR_console_io().
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
At present, DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC is set only if !OF_CONTROL.
It doesn't make sense for this para-virtualized driver.
With this patch applied, you will be able to see early boot messages:
U-Boot 2020.10-00001-ge442e71a6c52-dirty (Oct 15 2020 - 11:02:25 +0900)
xenguest
Xen virtual CPU
Model: XENVM-4.15
DRAM: 128 MiB
PVBLOCK:
(XEN) gnttab_mark_dirty not implemented yet
pvblock: 0
In: hypervisor
Out: hypervisor
Err: hypervisor
xenguest#
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
1. Rename AST2500 reset driver from ast2500-reset.c
to reset-ast2500.c
2. Rename AST2500 reset kconfig option from AST2500_RESET
to RESET_AST2500
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei, Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
The System Control Unit (SCU) controller of Aspeed
SoCs provides the reset control for each peripheral.
This patch refactors the reset method to leverage
the SCU reset control. Thus the driver dependency
on watchdog including dedicated WDT API and reset
flag encoding can be eliminated.
The Kconfig description is also updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei, Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
The 12d152620d commit fixed the get_rate helper because the set_parent
one did not re-parent the clock device to the new parent. The 4d139f3838
commit allows you to remove this workaround by calling the
clk_get_parent_rate routine.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Fix up the documentation which was lost in a merge conflict in the
conversion to RST.
Fixes: 52d3df7fef ("log: Allow LOG_DEBUG to always enable log output")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove the default value "usb start" for CONFIG_USB_STORAGE as the USB
storage boot initialization is correctly managed by distro boot command
('usb_boot' defined in include/config_distro_bootcmd.h already include
the command 'usb start').
Fixes: 324d77998e ("Define default CONFIG_PREBOOT with right config option")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace 'dev->dev' with '@desc->dev' in the gpio_request_by_name function
desc parameter description.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead having a hard coded value for "cramfsaddr" after compile time,
we change it to take the variable "cramfsaddr" for the ubicopy variable.
This makes sure that ubicopy uses the right address, even when
the value for "cramfsaddr" has changed.
CC: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@hitachi-powergrids.com>
CC: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Due to increasing kernel image sizes we get problems when decompressing
the kernel image. To fix this we need to change the addresses where we
load and where we extract the kernel. Also we need to adapt the address
where to load the CRAMFS image and where to load the DTB file.
While at it also harmonize all boards for PPC and ARM to have the
same values. Also we add a new variable "env_version", so that the
userspace is able to detect if this is a u-boot binary with updated
values or not.
CC: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@hitachi-powergrids.com>
CC: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Remove old values from kmp204x.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the International System of Units (SI) the prefix kilo is abbreviated as
'k' not 'K'. 'K' is the symbol for Kelvin.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Since we now have the driver for Qualcomm PRNG HW, lets use it and add the necessary clocks and nodes.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
This adds the driver for the IPQ40xx built-in MDIO.
This will be needed to support future PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Since we have SPI driver for IPQ40xx QUP SPI controller, lets add the necessary nodes, pinctrl and clocks.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
This patch adds support for the Qualcomm QUP SPI controller that is commonly found in most of Qualcomm SoC-s.
Driver currently supports v1.1.1, v2.1.1 and v2.2.1 HW.
FIFO and Block modes are supported, no support for DMA mode is planned.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Luka Kovacic <luka.kovacic@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
When building on a 32bit host the following warning occurs:
tools/image-host.c: In function ‘fit_image_read_data’:
tools/image-host.c:296:56: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects argument of
type ‘long int’, but argument 3 has type ‘__off64_t’
{aka ‘long long int’} [-Wformat=]
printf("File %s don't have the expected size (size=%ld, expected=%d)\n",
~~^
%lld
filename, sbuf.st_size, expected_size);
~~~~~~~~~~~~
tools/image-host.c:311:62: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects argument of
type ‘long int’, but argument 4 has type ‘__off64_t’
{aka ‘long long int’} [-Wformat=]
printf("Can't read all file %s (read %zd bytes, expexted %ld)\n",
~~^
%lld
filename, n, sbuf.st_size);
~~~~~~~~~~~~
Fix the format strings.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As the ownership is now Hitachi Power Grids, change the license string
and adapt the compatible string in DTS files. For kmeter1.dts we
change it to "keymile,KMETER1" for now, as this is then compliant with
what is submitted to the linux kernel. All other boards don't have
a upstreamed version in linux mainline.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachi-powergrids.com>
CC: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@hitachi-powergrids.com>
CC: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Convert all the other http:// links to https:// .
www.denx.de/twiki/ seems to move to www.denx.de/wiki/ ,
so change it.
I checked all links in this patch are valid.
Signed-off-by: Naoki Hayama <naoki.hayama@lineo.co.jp>
doc/arch/index.rst is a list of links to each architecture.
As for the sandbox details, doc/arch/sandbox.rst looks better.
Signed-off-by: Naoki Hayama <naoki.hayama@lineo.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch include these updates
- Git repository has moved to GitLab
- HTTPS access to the file server is allowed
- pre-built images are no longer available
Signed-off-by: Naoki Hayama <naoki.hayama@lineo.co.jp>
No timer drivers return an error from get_count. Instead of possibly
returning an error, just return the count directly.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds kerneldocs for <timer.h>.
I don't know who should maintain doc/api/timer.rst, since the timer
subsystem seems to be maintained by SoC maintainers. MAINTAINERS is left
un-updated for the moment.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The sandbox is built with the SDL2 library with invokes the X11 library
which in turn calls getc(). But getc() in glibc is defined as
int getc(FILE *)
This does not match our definition.
int getc(void)
The sandbox crashes when called with parameter -l.
Rename our library symbol getc() to getchar().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code is intended do prevent one from setting a shell variable abc
by doing
abc=123
if an environment variable named abc already exists. However, the
check is broken, since the env_get is done before the split on =, so
we look up whether an environment variable "abc=123" exists, which is
obviously never the case.
One could move the code to below the split on =, but instead, just
remove it, saving a little .text: The check has never worked as
intended (it goes all the way back to the initial git commit), and it
would anyway not guard against one first setting the shell variable,
then doing 'env set abc xyz'.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
add back again special case: -2
autoboot with no delay and no check for abort
as described in Kconfig option, see common/Kconfig
help text for option BOOTDELAY.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix some comments about functions.
Move genimg_get_comp_name() above genimg_get_short_name() because
genimg_get_comp_name() is related to get_table_entry_name().
Signed-off-by: Naoki Hayama <naoki.hayama@lineo.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In show_valid_options(), this patch introduces checking whether
a category has an entry ID. If not, adding it to a list for output
is skipped before calling qsort().
This patch will affect all kinds of image header categories
(-A, -C, -O and -T flags).
Signed-off-by: Naoki Hayama <naoki.hayama@lineo.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a generic function which can check whether a category has an
entry ID.
Signed-off-by: Naoki Hayama <naoki.hayama@lineo.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_{SPL,TPL}_SIZE_LIMIT are defined as hex (SPL_SIZE_LIMIT was
converted in b51882d0 ("spl: Convert CONFIG_SPL_SIZE_LIMIT to hex"), but
there are still places that reference integer values. Change those to hex
as well. Also, update the Makefile to check for 0x0 instead of 0.
This also fixes the following build error when CONFIG_SPL_SIZE_LIMIT
is set by menuconfig to 0x0:
...
spl/u-boot-spl.bin exceeds file size limit:
limit: 0 bytes
actual: 0x80f0 bytes
excess: 0x80f0 bytes
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We don't want the debug output to be visible in a normal boot. Silence it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher<hs@denx.de>
It is much easier to read the bloblist addresses if it starts on a 4KB
boundary. Update it to align it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function can be called when it is not known whether it will find
anything. This results in confusing log messages if the device is not
found. It is better for the caller to log the failure, if necessary.
Drop the logging from this function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Activate CMD_EXPORTENV/CMD_IMPORTENV/CMD_ELF for STM32MP15 defconfig
- Fix stm32prog command: parsing of FlashLayout without partition
- Update MAINTAINERS for ARM STM STM32MP
- Manage eth1addr on dh board with KS8851
- Limit size of cacheable DDR in pre-reloc stage in stm32mp1
- Use mmc_of_parse() to read host capabilities in mmc:sdmmc2 driver
Remove duplicated stdio print message.
It's already displayed in common/console.c.
Loading Environment from MMC... OK
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Model: Odroid XU3/XU4/HC1/HC2 based on Exynos5422
Type: xu3
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
A64-Teres-I board is a laptop which comes with a builtin keyboard.
The keyboard+trackpad controller pauses for 2 seconds at a firmware
prompt before loading its HID interface.
U-Boot needs to wait equally long to reliably enable the keyboard.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Series-Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Series-Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Series-Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Olimex OLinuXino LIME2 rev. H through L uses Micrel KSZ9031 PHY.
This enables the Micrel PHY for A20-OLinuXino-Lime2-eMMC_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Allwinner sun50i SoCs contain an OpenRISC 1000 CPU that functions as a
System Control Processor, or SCP. ARM Trusted Firmware (ATF)
communicates with the SCP over SCPI to implement the PSCI system
suspend, shutdown and reset functionality. Currently, SCP firmware is
optional; the system will boot and run without it, but system suspend
will be unavailable.
Since all communication with the SCP is mediated by ATF, the only thing
U-Boot needs to do is load the firmware into SRAM. The SCP firmware
occupies the last 16KiB of SRAM A2, immediately following ATF.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add an entry type for a firmware blob for a System Control Processor,
given by an entry arg. This firmware is a raw binary blob.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Since commit d879616e9e ("spl: fit: simplify logic for FDT loading for
non-OS boots"), the SPL looks at the "os" properties of FIT images to
determine where to append the FDT.
The "os" property of the "firmware" image also determines how to execute
the next stage of the boot process, as in 1d3790905d ("spl: atf:
introduce spl_invoke_atf and make bl31_entry private"). For this reason,
the next stage must be specified in "firmware", not in "loadables".
To support this additional functionality, and to properly model the boot
process, where ATF runs before U-Boot, add the "os" properties and swap
the firmware/loadable images in the FIT image.
Since this description was copied as an example in commit 70248d6a2916
("binman: Support generating FITs with multiple dtbs"), update those
examples as well for correctness and consistency.
Acked-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Some boards, specifically 64-bit Allwinner boards (sun50i), are
extremely limited on SPL size. One strategy that was used to make space
was to remove the FIT "os" property parsing code, because it uses a
rather large lookup table.
However, this forces the legacy FIT parsing code path, which requires
the "firmware" entry in the FIT to reference the U-Boot binary, even if
U-Boot is not the next binary in the boot sequence (for example, on
sun50i boards, ATF is run first).
This prevents the same FIT image from being used with a SPL with
CONFIG_SPL_FIT_IMAGE_TINY=n and CONFIG_SPL_ATF=y, because the boot
method selection code looks at `spl_image.os`, which is only set from
the "firmware" entry's "os" property.
To be able to use CONFIG_SPL_ATF=y, the "firmware" entry in the FIT
must be ATF, and U-Boot must be a loadable. For this to work, we need to
parse the "os" property just enough to tell U-Boot from other images, so
we can find it in the loadables list to append the FDT, and so we don't
try to append the FDT to ATF (which could clobber adjacent firmware).
So add the minimal code necessary to distinguish U-Boot/non-U-Boot
loadables with CONFIG_SPL_FIT_IMAGE_TINY=y. This adds about 300 bytes,
much less than the 7400 bytes added by CONFIG_SPL_FIT_IMAGE_TINY=n.
Acked-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This consolidates the SoC-specific part at the top of the file to avoid
cluttering it up with preprocessor conditions.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Prior to commit 7f7f8aca8257 ("sunxi: Convert 64-bit boards to use
binman"), if the BL31 environment variable was not defined, the firmware
would be loaded from a file "bl31.bin" in the current directory. Restore
that behavior by providing that as the default filename in case no entry
arg is provided, which will be the case if the environment variable is
unset.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Nodes should have a blank line separating them from sibling nodes and
properties. Add the necessary lines.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Due to an extra level of indentation, the "data" property containing the
FDT was being written repeatedly after every other property in the node.
This caused the generated FIT image to be invalid.
Move the block up one level, so the property is added exactly once.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
If neither CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SOURCE nor CONFIG_USE_SPL_FIT_GENERATOR is
enabled, U_BOOT_ITS will be undefined, and attempting to make u-boot.itb
will pass invalid arguments to mkimage, causing it to print its help
message.
Remove the rule in that case, so it is more obvious that u-boot.itb is
not something that can be made. This will reduce confusion as platforms
move away from CONFIG_USE_SPL_FIT_GENERATOR, as u-boot.itb was
previously a valid goal for those platforms.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Previously, because we have no source code about the DRAM initialization
of V3s and missing some configurations (delays and MBUS QoS info), our
V3s DRAM initialization sequence is hacked from the H3 one.
As the SDK shipped with PineCube contains source code for V3s libdram,
we can retrieve these information from it and tweak some other magic
bits.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This reverts commit eb39d8ba5f.
The commit breaks booting of fitImage by SPL, the system simply hangs.
This is because on arm32, the fitImage and all of its content can be
aligned to 4 bytes and U-Boot expects just that.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Reuben Dowle <reuben.dowle@4rf.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The current default of 0x400 for SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN is too small if any
additional drivers marked as DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC are loaded before
relocation.
CONFIG_RSA=y which is needed for UEFI secure boot or for FIT image
verification loads the driver mod_exp_sw which has DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC.
CONFIG_LOG=Y is another setting requiring additional early malloc
area, cf. log_init().
When running pine64-lts_defconfig with CONFIG_RSA=y and debug UART enabled
we see as output in main U-Boot
alloc_simple() alloc space exhausted
With this patch the default values of SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN and
SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN on ARCH_SUNXI are raised to 0x2000.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update email address of Maxime Ripard in git-mailrc to match more
recently updated entry in MAINTAINERS.
commit 9bd9b2bcbe ("MAINTAINERS: Update my email address")
commit bf8f4c4400 ("MAINTAINERS: Update email address for Maxime Ripard")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
According to the devicetree and the schematic, the 3.3V power rail for
the PHY is enabled by GPIO PC16. It's wired as active-high, with a
pull-up resistor, so actually works already when the GPIO is in
High-Z state.
However we should not take any chances and explicitly set the GPIO pin
to high, to avoid accidentally losing the PHY power.
The existing MACPWR Kconfig allows to do this easily.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When sending a command via the MDIO bus, the Designware MAC expects some
bits in the CMD register to describe the clock divider value between
the main clock and the MDIO clock.
So far we were omitting these bits, resulting in setting "00", which
means "/ 16", so ending up with an MDIO frequency of either 18.75 or
12.5 MHz.
All the internal PHYs in the H3/H5/H6 SoCs as well as the Gbit Realtek
PHYs seem to be fine with that - although it looks like to be severly
overclocked (the MDIO spec limits the frequency to 2.5 MHz).
However the external 100Mbit PHY on the Pine64 (non-plus) board is
not happy with that, Ethernet was actually never working there, as the
PHY didn't probe.
As we set the EMAC clock (via AHB2) to 300 MHz in ATF (on the 64-bit
SoCs), and use 200 MHz on the H3, we need the highest divider of 128
to let the MDIO clock end up below the required 2.5 MHz.
This enables Ethernet on the Pine64(non-plus).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The current implementation of sun8i_get_ephy_nodes() makes quite some
assumptions, in general relying on DT path names is a bad idea.
I think the idea of the code was to determine if we are using the
internal PHY, for which there are simpler and more robust methods:
Rewrite (and rename) the existing function to simply lookup the DT node
that "phy-handle" points to, using the device's DT node.
Then check whether the parent of that PHY node is using an "H3 internal
MDIO" compatible string. If we ever get another internal MDIO bus
implementation, we will probably need code adjustments anyway, so this
is good enough for now.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[jagan: rebase on master]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The error handling in recv() is somewhat broken, for instance
good_packet isn't really used, and it's hardly readable. Also we try
to check for short or too big packets, but those are actually filtered
out by the hardware.
Simplify the whole routine and improve the error handling:
- Bail out early if the current RX descriptor is not ready.
- Enable propagation of runt, huge and broken packets.
- Check for runt and huge packets, and return 0 to indicate this.
This will force the framework to call free_pkt for cleanup.
- Avoid aligning the packet buffer for invalidation again.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The EMAC soft reset routine was subtly broken, using an open coded
timeout routine without any actual delay.
Remove the unneeded initial reset bit read, and call wait_for_bit_le32()
to handle the timeout correctly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When iterating over all RX/TX buffers, we were using a rather long "idx"
control variable, which lead to a nasty overlong line.
Replace "idx" with "i" to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
To meet the current alignment requirements for our cache maintenance
functions, we were explicitly aligning the *arguments* to those calls.
This is not only ugly to read, but also wrong, as we need to make sure
we are not accidentally stepping on other data.
Provide wrapper functions for the common case of cleaning or
invalidating a descriptor, to make the cache maintenance calls more
readable. This fixes a good deal of the problematic calls.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
There is no reason to invalidate a TX descriptor before we are setting
it up, as we will only write to a field.
Remove the not needed invalidate_dcache_range() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When we initialise the TX descriptors, there is no need yet to clean
them all to memory, as they don't contain any data yet. Later we will
touch and clean each descriptor anyway.
However we tell the MAC about the beginning of the chain, so we have to
clean at least the first descriptor, to make it clear that this is empty
and there are no packets to transfer yet.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Before we initialise the RX descriptors, there is no need to *clean*
them from the cache, as we touch them for the first time.
However we should cover the case that those buffers contain dirty cache
lines, which could be evicted and written back to DRAM any time later,
in the worst case *after* the MAC has transferred a packet into them.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The EMAC driver contains a lot of magic bits, although the manuals
and the Linux driver have all names for them.
Define those names and use them when programming the registers.
Also this replaces a lot of readl/mask/writel operations with the much
easier-to-read setbits_le32() macro.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Apparently due to copying from some older or converted driver, the
sun8i_emac driver contains pointless wrapper functions to bridge
between a legacy driver and the driver model.
Since sun8i_emac is (and always was) driver model only, there is no
reason to have those confusing wrappers. Just remove them, and use
the driver model prototypes directly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When preparing the register value for the MDIO command register, we
start with a zeroed register, so there is no need to mask off certain
bits before setting them.
Simplify the sequence, and rename the variable to a more matching
mii_cmd on the way.
Also the open-coded time-out routine can be replaced with a much safer
and easier-to-read call to wait_for_bit_le32().
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When initialising the TX DMA descriptors, we mostly chain them up,
but of course don't know about any data or its length yet.
That means they are still invalid, and the OWN bit should NOT be set
yet.
In fact when we later tell the MAC about the beginning of the chain,
and enable TX DMA in the start() routine, the MAC will start fetching
TX descriptors prematurely, as it can be seen by dumping the TX_DMA_STA
and TX_DMA_CUR_DESC registers.
Clear the owner bit, to not give the MAC the wrong illusion that it
owns the descriptors already.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When phy_startup() returns with an error, because there is no link or
the user interrupted the process, we shall stop the _start() routine
and return with an error, instead of proceeding anyway.
This fixes pointless operations when there is no Ethernet cable
connected, for instance.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When partitions are not available on a device the command stm32prog raises
an error but a device can have no partition to check in init_device()
and the command need to continue to the next part_id.
This patch correct an issue for ram0 target, when block_dev and mtd
are NULL.
For example with the simple flashlayout file:
Opt Part Name Type Device Offset Binary
- 0x01 fsbl Binary none 0x0 tf-a-serialboot.stm32
- 0x03 ssbl Binary none 0x0 u-boot.stm32
P 0x10 kernel System ram0 0xC2000000 uImage.bin
P 0x11 dtb FileSytem ram0 0xC4000000 stm32mp157f-ev1.dtb
Fixes: ffc405e63b ("stm32mp: stm32prog: add upport of partial update")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Activate CONFIG_CMD_ELF to accept the command "bootelf".
This patch simplifies the file stm32mp defconfig, as we have
no reason to deactivate this command.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Activate CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV to accept the command "env import".
This command is useful in script to include some variable.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add the STM32MP1 RNG driver in the list of drivers supported by
the STMicroelectronics STM32MP15x series.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add files and directories regex "stm32" and "stm" in "ARM STM STM32MP"
platform to avoid missing files or drivers supported by the
STMicroelectronics series STM32MP15x.
This patch adds the rules already used in Linux kernel for
ARM/STM32 ARCHITECTURE.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cosmetic update of gpio.h:
- remove enumerate: stm32_gpio_port, stm32_gpio_pin
because STM32_GPIO_XXX values are unused
- move STM32_GPIOS_PER_BANK in stm32_gpio.c
as its value is IP dependent and not arch dependent
No functional change as number of banks and number of gpio by banks
is managed by device tree since since DM migration and
commit 8f651ca60b ("pinctrl: stm32: Add get_pins_count() ops").
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
In pre-reloc stage, U-Boot marks cacheable the DDR limited by
the new config CONFIG_DDR_CACHEABLE_SIZE.
This patch allows to avoid any speculative access to DDR protected by
firewall and used by OP-TEE; the "no-map" reserved memory
node in DT are assumed after this limit:
STM32_DDR_BASE + DDR_CACHEABLE_SIZE.
Without security, in basic boot, the value is equal to STM32_DDR_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
mmc_of_parse() can populate the 'f_max' and 'host_caps' fields of
struct mmc_config from devicetree.
The same logic is duplicated in stm32_sdmmc2_probe(). Use
mmc_of_parse(), which is more generic.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
"cap-mmc-highspeed" enables support for 26 MHz MMC, but there is no
additional flag to enable 52 MHz MMC. In Linux. "cap-mmc-highspeed"
is used for MMC HS at both 26MHz and 52MHz.
Use the same approach and enable MMC_CAP(MMC_HS_52) host capability
when "cap-mmc-highspeed" is found in the devicetree. In the event an
MMC card doesn't support 52 MHz, it will be clocked at a speed based
on its EXT CSD, even on 52 MHz host controllers
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
An earlier conversion from struct to defines introduced two errors, both
related to setup of EMAC routed via the FPGA. One of the offsets was
incorrect, and the EMAC0/EMAC1 were swapped.
The effect of this was rather odd: both ports could operate at gigabit,
but one of them would fail to transmit when operating at 100Mbit.
Fixes: db5741f7a8 ("arm: socfpga: Convert system manager from struct to defines")
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Add fallback compatibility string for R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2.
Also sorted the compatible string as per SoC ID.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Add MediaTek USB3 Dual-Role controller driver to ARM MEDIATEK,
and add myself as a maintainer for it.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable mtu3, xhci, tphy drivers.
Device mode: enable fastboot;
Host mode: enable USB, FAT commands, and fixed regulator,
mass storage drivers;
Due to device mode is enabled by default, comment out
the host mode config here.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add an entry in usb_gadget_controller_number() for the MTU3
gadget controller. It is used to bind the USB Ethernet driver.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the MediaTek USB3 DRD controller,
its host side is based on xHCI, this driver supports device mode
and host mode.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
There is only declaration of usb_speed_string(), but no definition,
so add it to avoid build error when call it.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add dt-binding for MediaTek USB3 DRD Driver which it's ported
from the Linux kernel DTS binding:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt
Commit ID:
34d0545978b6 ("dt-bindings: usb: mtu3: fix typo of DMA clock name")
Due to Dual-Role switch is not supported in Uboot, some properties
are removed or changed.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add bindings for common properties, include maximum-speed,
dr_mode and phy_type
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In buffer DMA mode, gadget should re-configure EP 0 to received SETUP
packets when doeptsiz.xfersize is equal to a setup packet size(8 bytes)
and EP 0 is in WAIT_FOR_SETUP state.
Since EP 0 is not enabled in WAIT_FOR_SETUP state, SETUP packets is NOT
received from RxFifo and wriiten to the external memory.
Signed-off-by: Chance.Yang <chance.yang@vatics.com>
With DM enabled the ethernet code will receive a packet, call
the push method that's set by the EFI network implementation
and then free the packet. Unfortunately the push methods only
sets a flag that the packet needs to be handled, but the code
that provides the packet to an EFI application runs after the
packet has already been freed.
To rectify this issue, adjust the push method to accept the packet
and store it in a temporary buffer. The EFI application then gets
the data copied from that buffer. This way the packet is cached
until is is needed.
The DM Ethernet stack tries to receive 32 packets at once, thus
we better allocate as many buffers as the stack.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
With a define for the magic number of packets received as batch
we can make sure that the EFI network stack caches the same amount
of packets.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Second set of u-boot-atmel features for 2021.01 cycle:
This feature set brings the rework of the clock tree for sam9x60 SoC.
This makes the clock tree fully compatible with Common Clock Framework
and allows full clock configuration in U-Boot. This means that the
sam9x60 boards can boot now using U-Boot.
This also includes the definitions for sam9x60 SiPs and a divisor fix
for the clock on sama7g5 SoC.
Use slow clock CCF compatible DT bindings. This will not break
the above functionality as the SoC is not booting with current
PMC bindings.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Heap base address is computed based on SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR by
subtracting the SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN value in
board_init_f_init_reserve().
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Done with:
./tools/moveconfig.py VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
The 3 suspicious migration because CMD_BMP and SPLASH_SCREEN
are not activated in these defconfigs:
- trats_defconfig
- s5pc210_universal_defconfig
- trats2_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For levels equal to the maximum value, the duty cycle must be equal to
the period.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Amlogic D-PHY in the Amlogic AXG SoC Family does support a frequency
higher than 10MHz for the TX Escape Clock, thus make the target rate
configurable.
This is based on the Linux commit [1] and adapted to the U-Boot driver.
[1] a328ca7e4af3 ("drm/bridge: dw-mipi-dsi: permit configuring the escape clock rate")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The timing values for dw-dsi are often dependent on the used display and
according to Philippe Cornu will most likely also depend on the used phy
technology in the soc-specific implementation.
To solve this and allow specific implementations to define them as needed
add a new get_timing callback to phy_ops and call this from the dphy_timing
function to retrieve the necessary values for the specific mode.
This is based on the Linux commit [1] and adapted to the U-Boot driver.
[1] 25ed8aeb9c39 ("drm/bridge/synopsys: dsi: driver-specific configuration of phy timings")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
syslog_test.h is in test/log/, not include/
Fixes: 52d3df7fef ("log: Allow LOG_DEBUG to always enable log output")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that linux/compat.h does not define these macros, we do not need to
undefine them.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All users of these functions now include dm/device_compat.h directly.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver doesn't use DM (in the correct places), so we use a device and
not a udevice. We also need to include device_compat.h
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
This patch enhances the Octeon TX/TX2 watchdog driver to fully enable
the WDT. With this changes, the "wdt" command is now also supported
on these platforms.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
- fsl_esdhc_imx cleanup
- not send cm13 if send_status is 0.
- Add reinit API
- Add mmc HS400 for fsl_esdhc
- Several cleanup for fsl_esdhc
- Add ADMA2 for sdhci
- Octeon TX: Add NAND driver (Suneel)
- Octeon TX: Add NIC driver driver (Suneel)
- Octeon TX2: Add NIC driver driver (Suneel)
- Armada 8040: Add iEi Puzzle-M80 board support (Luka)
- Armada A37xx SPI: Add support for CS-GPIO (George)
- Espressobin: Use Linux model/compatible strings (Andre)
- Espressobin: Add armada-3720-espressobin-emmc.dts from Linux (Andre)
- Armada A37xx: Small cleanup of config header (Pali)
Sphinx.override_domain() is deprecated since Sphinx 1.8 and removed in
Sphinx 3.
Use Sphinx.add_domain(, override=True) instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Set the defaults on probe for the packet buffer size registers
for the i210.
The TX/RX PBSIZE register of the i210 resets to its default value
only at power-on - see Intel Ethernet Controller I210 Datasheet rev 3.5
chapter 8.3 'Internal Packet Buffer Size Registers'.
If something (another driver, another OS, etc.) modifies this register
from its default value, the e1000 driver doesn't function correctly. It
detects a hang of the transmitter and continuously resets the adapter.
Here we set this value to its default when resetting the i210 to
resolve this issue.
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() takes the kconfig name without the CONFIG_ prefix,
e.g. CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(CLK) for CONFIG_CLK. Make including the prefix
an error in checkpatch.pl so calls in the wrong format aren't
accidentally reintroduced.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() takes the kconfig name without the CONFIG_ prefix,
e.g. CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(CLK) for CONFIG_CLK. Some of these were being
fixed every now and then, see:
commit 71ba2cb0d6 ("board: stm32mp1: correct CONFIG_IS_ENABLED usage for LED")
commit a5ada25e42 ("rockchip: clk: fix wrong CONFIG_IS_ENABLED handling")
commit 5daf6e56d3 ("common: console: Fix duplicated CONFIG in silent env callback")
commit 48bfc31b64 ("MIPS: bootm: Fix broken boot_env_legacy codepath")
Fix all files found by `git grep "CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(CONFIG"` by running
':%s/CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_\(\w+\))/CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(\1)/g' in vim.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the description of the global data pointer to the generated HTML
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the missing Sphinx documentation for struct global_data and
gd_board_type().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sphinx documentation is only available for enums not for #defines.
Anyway it is better to keep related definitions in an enum.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Functions that are used in multiple C modules should be defined in an
include.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
get_ticks does not always succeed. Sometimes it can be called before the
timer has been initialized. If it does, it returns a negative errno.
This causes the timer to appear non-monotonic, because the value will
become much smaller after the timer is initialized.
No users of get_ticks which I checked handle errors of this kind. Further,
functions like tick_to_time mangle the result of get_ticks, making it very
unlikely that one could check for an error without suggesting a patch such
as this one.
This patch panics if we ever get an error. There are two cases in which
this can occur. The first is if we couldn't find/probe the timer for some
reason. One reason for this is if the timer is not available so early. This
likely indicates misconfiguration. Another reason is that the timer has an
invalid/missing device tree binding. In this case, panicing is also
correct. The second case covers errors calling get_count. This can only
occur if the timer is missing a get_count function (or on RISC-V, but that
should be fixed soon).
Fixes: c8a7ba9e6a
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This parallels what I added for FAT in commit 6731bef696, allowing the
environment to be found in a specific partition on the device that the
board's mmc_get_env_dev() returns. On the Banana Pi R2 that means the
device that U-Boot was loaded from; either the internal eMMC or an SD
card.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Since it's so trivial I could just about tolerate this when there were only
two copies of it. But now there are about to be three.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
The EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL is needed for address randomization in Linux.
We should provide it by default on QEMU.
Reported-by: François Ozog <francois.ozog@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
To make the button command useful in a shell script it should return the
status of the button:
* 0 (true) - pressed, on
* 1 (false) - not pressed, off
The button command takes only one argument. Correct maxargs.
Adjust the Python unit test.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
For testing purposes keep the output value when switching to input.
This allows us to manipulate the input value via the gpio command.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Using different strings for the device tree node labels and the label
property of buttons sharpens the button label unit test.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
To simplify configuration and keep synchronized the PStore/Ramoops between
U-Boot and the Linux kernel, this commit dynamically adds the Ramoops
parameters defined in the U-Boot session to the Device Tree.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Danis <frederic.danis@collabora.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add PStore command to sandbox and sandbox64 defconfigs.
Add test checking:
- 'pstore display' of all records
- 'pstore display' only the 2nd dump record
- 'pstore save' of all records
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Danis <frederic.danis@collabora.com>
[trini: Adjust to always load files from source directory]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch adds a new pstore command allowing to display or save ramoops
logs (oops, panic, console, ftrace and user) generated by a previous
kernel crash.
PStore parameters can be set in U-Boot configuration file, or at run-time
using "pstore set" command. Records size should be the same as the ones
used by kernel, and should be a power of 2.
This command allows:
- to display uncompressed logs
- to save compressed or uncompressed logs, compressed logs are saved as a
compressed stream, it may need some work to be able to decompress it,
e.g. adding a fake header:
"printf "\x1f\x8b\x08\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00" |
cat - dmesg-ramoops-0.enc.z | gzip -dc"
- ECC part is not used to check memory corruption
- only 1st FTrace log is displayed or saved
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Danis <frederic.danis@collabora.com>
[trini: Minor updates for current design, correct spacing in rST]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Newer eSDHC controllers support ADMA2 descriptor tables which support
64bit DMA addresses. One notable user of addresses in the upper memory
segment is the EFI loader.
If support is enabled, but the controller doesn't support ADMA2, we
will fall back to SDMA (and thus 32 bit DMA addresses only).
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
These comments are relict for old, now removed config options.
So remove these obsoleted comments too.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import armada-3720-espressobin-emmc.dts from Linux, but use sdhc1 for
emmc, since our dtsi is still based on downstream and sdhc0 is used for
the sd card.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Move most of the dts to the new common armada-3720-espressobin.dtsi
file, just like Linux, but keep the current, downstream based, version.
The dts itself is imported from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Fix the actual board vendor and ease synching dts files from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The device tree has a way to specify GPIO lines as chip selects. From
the binding docs:
So if for example the controller has 2 CS lines, and the cs-gpios
property looks like this:
cs-gpios = <&gpio1 0 0> <0> <&gpio1 1 0> <&gpio1 2 0>;
Then it should be configured so that num_chipselect = 4 with the
following mapping:
cs0 : &gpio1 0 0
cs1 : native
cs2 : &gpio1 1 0
cs3 : &gpio1 2 0
Add support for this, while retaining backward-compatibility with
existing device trees; the driver will preserve existing behavior if a
cs-gpios list is not given, or if a particular line is specified as <0>
(native).
This implementation is inspired by similar implementations in
neighboring drivers for other platforms: atmega, mxc, etc.
Signed-off-by: George Hilliard <ghilliar@amazon.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add support for the marvell,armada8040-puzzle-m801 compatible string
in the board/Marvell/mvebu_armada-8k/board.c file to initialize the
networking on iEi Puzzle-M801 board (2x CP1 1 Gb ports).
Signed-off-by: Luka Kovacic <luka.kovacic@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add initial U-Boot support for the iEi Puzzle-M801 board based on the
Marvell Armada 88F8040 SoC.
Currently supported hardware:
1x USB 3.0
4x Gigabit Ethernet
2x SFP+ (with NXP PCA9555 and NXP PCA9544)
1x SATA 3.0
1x M.2 type B
1x RJ45 UART
1x SPI flash
1x EPSON RX8010 RTC
Signed-off-by: Luka Kovacic <luka.kovacic@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Adds support for Network Interface controllers found on
OcteonTX2 SoC platforms.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds support for Network Interface controllers found on
OcteonTX SoC platforms.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds support for NAND controllers found on OcteonTX or
OcteonTX2 SoC platforms. Also includes driver to support
Hardware ECC using BCH HW engine found on these platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Fix verified boot on BE targets
- Add support for multiple required keys in verified boots
- Add support for Initialization Vectors in AES keys in FIT images
- Assorted fixes in the RSA code
Commit fdf0819afb (rsa: fix alignment issue when getting public
exponent) changed the logic to avoid doing an 8-byte access to a
possibly-not-8-byte-aligned address.
However, using rsa_convert_big_endian is wrong: That function converts
an array of big-endian (32-bit) words with the most significant word
first (aka a BE byte array) to an array of cpu-endian words with the
least significant word first. While the exponent is indeed _stored_ as
a big-endian 64-bit word (two BE words with MSW first), we want to
extract it as a cpu-endian 64 bit word. On a little-endian host,
swapping the words and byte-swapping each 32-bit word works, because
that's the same as byte-swapping the whole 64 bit word. But on a
big-endian host, the fdt32_to_cpu are no-ops, but
rsa_convert_big_endian() still does the word-swapping, breaking
verified boot.
To fix that, while still ensuring we don't do unaligned accesses, add
a little helper that first memcpy's the bytes to a local fdt64_t, then
applies fdt64_to_cpu(). [The name is chosen based on the
[bl]eXX_to_cpup in linux/byteorder/generic.h].
Fixes: fdf0819afb ("rsa: fix alignment issue when getting public exponent")
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The algo name should match between the FIT's signature node and the
U-Boot's control FDT.
If we do not check it, U-Boot's control FDT can expect sha512 hash but
nothing will prevent to accept image with sha1 hash if the signature is correct.
Signed-off-by: Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr>
This commit add the support in u-boot to read the IV
in the FIT image instead of u-boot device tree.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Binaries may be encrypted in a FIT image with AES. This
algo needs a key and an IV (Initialization Vector). The
IV is provided in a file (pointer by iv-name-hint in the
ITS file) when building the ITB file.
This commits adds provide an alternative way to manage
the IV. If the property iv-name-hint is not provided in
the ITS file, the tool mkimage will generate an random
IV and store it in the FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
We assign first_deleted = 0. There is no need to check its value without
any further assignment in between.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add documentation about 'required-mode' property in /signature node
in U-Boot's control FDT.
Signed-off-by: Thirupathaiah Annapureddy <thiruan@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds vboot tests to verify the support for multiple
required keys using new required-mode DTB policy.
This patch also fixes existing test where dev
key is assumed to be marked as not required, although
it is marked as required.
Note that this patch re-added sign_fit_norequire().
sign_fit_norequire() was removed as part of the following:
commit b008677daf ("test: vboot: Fix pylint errors").
This patch leverages sign_fit_norequire() to fix the
existing bug.
Signed-off-by: Thirupathaiah Annapureddy <thiruan@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently FIT image must be signed by all required conf keys. This means
Verified Boot fails if there is a signature verification failure
using any required key in U-Boot DTB.
This patch introduces a new policy in DTB that can be set to any required
conf key. This means if verified boot passes with one of the required
keys, U-Boot will continue the OS hand off.
There were prior attempts to address this:
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2019-April/366047.html
The above patch was failing "make tests".
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2020-January/396629.html
Signed-off-by: Thirupathaiah Annapureddy <thiruan@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Minor cleanup on K3 env variables
- Fix OSPI compatible for J721e
- Drop unused property in omap-usb2-phy
- Update Maintainer for am335x-guardian board.
Currently, readl/writel and esdhc_read32/esdhc_write32 are used. To align
the usage, change to only use esdhc_read32/esdhc_write32.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
There are other (non-SDHCI) controllers which supports ADMA2 descriptor
tables, namely the Freescale eSDHC. Instead of copying the code, move it
into an own module.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
First, we need the waterlevel setting for PIO mode only. Secondy, both DMA
setup code is identical for both directions, except for the data pointer.
Thus, unify them.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Use the dma_{map,unmap}_single() calls. These will take care of the
flushing and invalidation of caches.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
SDMA can only do DMA with 32 bit addresses. This is true for all
architectures (just doesn't apply to 32 bit ones). Simplify the code and
remove unnecessary CONFIG_FSL_LAYERSCAPE.
Also make the error message more concise.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
This 1ms delay before sending command already exist from the beginning
of the fsl_esdhc driver added in year 2008. Now this driver has been
split for two files: fsl_esdhc.c and fsl_esdhc_imx.c. fsl_esdhc_imx.c
only for i.MX series. i.MX series esdhc/usdhc do not need this 1ms delay
before sending any command. So remove this 1ms, this will save a lot
time if handling a large mmc data.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
According to the code logic in __mmc_switch, if the parameter 'send_status'
is zero, no need to send cmd13, just wait the stated timeout time, then
can return directly.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Add properties related to eMMC HS400 mode.
mmc-hs400-1_8v;
bus-width = <8>;
They had been already in kernel dts file since the first
lx2160ardb dts patch.
b068890 arm64: dts: add LX2160ARDB board support
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
There was a fix-up for eMMC HS400 stability issue in Linux.
Patch link:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/
commit/?id=58d0bf843b49fa99588ac9f85178bd8dfd651b53
Description:
Currently only LX2160A eSDHC supports eMMC HS400. According to
a large number of tests, eMMC HS400 failed to work at 150MHz,
and for a few boards failed to work at 175MHz. But eMMC HS400
worked fine on 200MHz. We hadn't found the root cause but
setting eSDHC_DLLCFG0[DLL_FREQ_SEL] = 0 using slow delay chain
seemed to resovle this issue. Let's use this as fixup for now.
Introduce the fix-up in u-boot since the issue could be reproduced
in u-boot too.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Fix mmc->clock with actual clock which is divided by the
controller, and record it with priv->clock which was removed
accidentally.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The process for eMMC HS400 mode for eSDHC is,
1. Perform the Tuning Process at the HS400 target operating frequency.
Latched the clock division value.
2. if read transaction, then set the SDTIMNGCTL[FLW_CTL_BG].
3. Switch to High Speed mode and then set the card clock frequency to
a value not greater than 52Mhz
4. Clear TBCTL[TB_EN],tuning block enable bit.
5. Change to 8 bit DDR Mode
6. Switch the card to HS400 mode.
7. Set TBCTL[TB_EN], tuning block enable bit.
8. Clear SYSCTL[SDCLKEN]
9. Wait for PRSSTAT[SDSTB] to be set
10. Change the clock division to latched value.Set TBCTL[HS 400 mode]
and Set SDCLKCTL[CMD_CLK_CTRL]
11. Set SYSCTL[SDCLKEN]
12. Wait for PRSSTAT[SDSTB] to be set
13. Set DLLCFG0[DLL_ENABLE] and DLLCFG0[DLL_FREQ_SEL].
14. Wait for delay chain to lock.
15. Set TBCTL[HS400_WNDW_ADJUST]
16. Again clear SYSCTL[SDCLKEN]
17. Wait for PRSSTAT[SDSTB] to be set
18. Set ESDHCCTL[FAF]
19. Wait for ESDHCCTL[FAF] to be cleared
20. Set SYSCTL[SDCLKEN]
21. Wait for PRSSTAT[SDSTB] to be set.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Add a mmc_hs400_prepare_ddr() interface for controllers
which needs preparation before switching to DDR mode for
HS400 mode.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Some controllers may have difference between HS200 tuning
and HS400 tuning, such as different registers setting,
different procedure, or different errata.
This patch is to add a hs400_tuning flag to identify the
tuning for HS400 mode.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
For DM_MMC, the controller re-initialization is needed to
clear old configuration for mmc rescan.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
"ti,dis-chg-det-quirk" property is not part of Linux kernel DT binding
documentation. Therefore drop this and instead use soc_device_match()
to distinguish b/w AM654 SR1.0 and SR2.0 devices similar to Linux kernel
driver.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Use DEFAULT_LINUX_BOOT_ENV to define the standard addresses used in rest
of TI platforms as defined in ti_armv7_common.h
This avoids the standard pitfalls we've had with kernel images and fdt
addresses stomping on each other.
As part of this process, redefine overlayaddr to be dtboaddr (defined
in ti_armv7_common.h for this very purpose) and get rid of the
definition of overlayaddr..
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Use dtboaddr to define the overlay address common to all TI platforms
instead of creating a new overlayaddr for the purpose.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Use DEFAULT_LINUX_BOOT_ENV to define the standard addresses used in rest
of TI platforms as defined in ti_armv7_common.h
This avoids the standard pitfalls we've had with kernel images and fdt
addresses stomping on each other.
As part of this process, redefine overlayaddr to be dtboaddr (defined
in ti_armv7_common.h for this very purpose).. we will get rid of
overlayaddr later in the series.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reset the channel completely during channel release in order to clear
teardown bit before handing over to next user or jumping to Linux.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Update detect_enable_hyperflash() to look for "ti,am654-ospi" compatible
to match the upstream DT node.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
doc/README.log was already moved to doc/develop/logging.rst but has been
recreated by an incorrect merge.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the previous patch, net_init now exposes some errors, so check for
them.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
net_init does not always succeed, and there is no existing mechanism to
discover errors. This patch allows callers of net_init (such as net_init)
to handle errors. The root issue is that eth_get_dev can fail, but
net_init_loop doesn't expose that. The ideal way to fix eth_get_dev would
be to return an error with ERR_PTR, but there are a lot of callers, and all
of them just check if it's NULL. Another approach would be to change the
signature to something like
int eth_get_dev(struct udevice **pdev)
but that would require rewriting all of the many callers.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver interferes with other sandbox tests since it causes log output
to be interspersed with "No ethernet found." messages. Disable this driver
by default.
Enable it for the syslog tests so that they still pass.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present all log devices are enabled by default. Add a function to allow
devices to be disabled or enabled at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present there is no way to disable a log driver. But the syslog driver
causes (attempted) network traffic in sandbox every time a log message
is printed, which is often.
Add a flag to enable a log driver. Adjust struct log_device to use a short
for next_filter_num so that no more memory is used for devices. Also fix
a missing line in the struct log_driver comment while here.
To maintain compatibility, enable it for all drivers for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is sometimes useful to output hex dumps in SPL. Add a config option to
allow this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present if CONFIG_LOG enabled, putting LOG_DEBUG at the top of a file
(before log.h inclusion) causes _log() to be executed for every log()
call, regardless of the build- or run-time logging level.
However there is no guarantee that the log record will actually be
displayed. If the current log level is lower than LOGL_DEBUG then it will
not be.
Add a way to signal that the log record should always be displayed and
update log_passes_filters() to handle this.
With the new behaviour, log_debug() will always log if LOG_DEBUG is
enabled.
Move log_test_syslog_nodebug() into its own file since it cannot be made
to work where it is, with LOG_DEBUG defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present MKIMAGE_DTC_PATH is in the devicetree menu but not within
'devicetree control' since it does not relate to that. As a result it
shows up in the top menu.
It actually relates to the mkimage tool, so create a new tools menu for it
and move it there.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This relates to booting since it is the default devicetree provided to
Linux. Move it under the 'boot options' menu.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are a number of miscellaneous boot images at the top level of the
kconfig menu. Move these into the 'boot options' menu.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the autoboot options are in cmd/Kconfig but they don't really
relate to commands. They relate to booting, so move this menu under the
boot menu.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most of the boot options are in common/Kconfig but that file is already
extremely large. Create a new Kconfig.boot to hold the boot options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are quite a few boot-related menu options at the top level. Create a
new menu to hold these and move 'Boot images' into it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Move ASPEED ram driver, update.
- Exhance pinctrl/gpio support, update Kendryte K210 support
- Enhance qemu_arm64 support for a single binary to work with and
without TF-A
Generate 'u-boot-splx4.sfp' which consist of 4 SPL images required
for booting up Cyclone5/Arria10.
By default, this 'u-boot-splx4.sfp' is generated without extra
padding after each SPL image.
For Cyclone5, 'u-boot-splx4.sfp' contains:
4 x SPL(64KB) = 256KB
For Arria10, 'u-boot-splx4.sfp' contains:
4 x SPL(256KB) = 1024KB
For Cyclone5 using NAND flash image layout for 128 KB memory blocks,
user can 'make' the following target to generate 4 SPL images with
padding:
make u-boot-spl-padx4.sfp
'u-boot-spl-padx4.sfp' contains four 128KB SPL images (each 64KB SPL is
followed by 64KB of zero-padding).
4 x (SPL(64KB) + zero-padding(64KB)) = 512KB
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
CONFIG_OF_EMBED was primarily enabled to support the S10/Agilex
spl hex file requirements. Since this option now produces a
warning during build, and the spl hex can be created using
alternate methods, CONFIG_OF_EMBED is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Add param entry point (ep) support for Arria 10 header. User can pass in
'e' option to mkimage to set the entry point. This is an optional option.
If not specified, default is 0x14.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Move to use generic handoff dtsi (socfpga_arria10-handoff.dtsi) and include
the specify generated _handoff.h header file from qts-filter-a10.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Add a script to process HPS handoff data and generate a header
for inclusion in u-boot specific devicetree addons. The header
should be included in the top level of u-boot.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Dalon Westergreen <dalon.westergreen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Don't invoke 'SYSTEM_RESET' PSCI function because PSCI
function calls are not supported by u-boot running in EL3.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Resend mailbox command for 3 times with 2ms interval in between if
it receives MBOX_RESP_TIMEOUT and MBOX_RESP_DEVICE_BUSY response code.
Add a wrapper function mbox_send_cmd_common_retry() for retry, change
all the callers to use this wrapper function.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Mailbox command which is too large to fit into the mailbox
FIFO command buffer can be sent to SDM in multiple parts.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Mailbox driver should always check for the length of the response
and read the response data before returning the response status to
caller.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Add miliseconds delay when waiting for mailbox event to happen
before timeout. This will ensure the timeout duration is predictive.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Document down the usage of boot_scratch_cold register to avoid
overlapping of usage in the code for S10 & Agilex.
The boot_scratch_cold register is generally used for passing
critical system info between SPL, U-Boot and Linux.
Signed-off-by: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Enable FPGA full reconfiguration support with Intel FPGA SDM
Mailbox driver for Agilex.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Ensure watchdog reset is not triggered if the fpga
reconfiguration is taking too long.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Rename Stratix10 FPGA driver to Intel FPGA SDM Mailbox driver
because it is using generic SDM (Secure Device Manager) Mailbox
interface shared by other platform (e.g. Agilex) as well.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
All SoCFPGA platforms (except Cyclone V) are now switching
to CONFIG_WDT (driver model for watchdog timer drivers)
from CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Print reset state (warm/cold) together with the
source (watchdog/MPU) which has triggered the warm
reset on S10 & Agilex.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Include SDM triggered warm reset bit (BIT1) in Reset Manager's stat
register when checking for HPS warm reset status.
Refactor the warm reset mask macro for clarity purpose.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Rename the driver from S10 to SoC64 because Intel Agilex platform
also using the this SYSRESET SoCFPGA driver for S10.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
In current implementation, any exception would trigger a CPU reset.
But a bad written SPL would cause infinite loop where the system
will reload the same SPL instead of loading factory safe image.
Hence this patch is to ensure any exception will cause a hang. At this
moment, watchdog shall be triggered and Remote System Update mechanism
shall load the next production image or factory safe image.
Signed-off-by: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Timer only need to be initialized once in SPL.
This patch remove the redundancy of initializing the
timer again in U-Boot proper
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
'dwmac_socfpga' driver will setup the PHY interface during probe.
PHY interface setup in arch_misc_init() is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Add additional membus writes to configure main and peripheral PLL
for Agilex's clock manager.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Since warm reset may optionally set the CLock Manager to'boot mode',
the clock driver should always force the Agilex's Clock Manager to
'boot mode' before the clock driver start configuring the Clock Manager
in SPL.
In SSBL, clock driver will skip the Clock Manager configuration
if it's already being setup by SPL (Clock Manager NOT in 'boot
mode') to prevent any inaccurate clocking issues happened on HPS
peripherals such as UART, MAC and etc.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Some drivers probing failed if clock enable function is not supported in
clock driver. So, add clock enable function to clock driver to solve it.
Return 0 (success) for *.enable function because all clocks are enabled
by default in clock driver probe.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Now that PIE works when U-Boot is started from ROM, let's enable
CONFIG_POSITION_INDEPENDENT, which allows to load U-Boot also via
ARM Trusted-Firmware's fip.bin to DRAM, without tweaking the
configuration.
To get a writable initial stack, we need to keep the fixed initial
stack pointer, which points to DRAM in our case.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORT_TFABOOT was used on the qemu-arm64 platform to
guard a tweak to the flash bank configuration. U-Boot now reads the
current flash setup from the devicetree, so there is no need for
this option anymore.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently we hard-code the number and initial addresses of QEMU's flash
banks, even though our code is perfectly able to gather the same
information from the DTB provided by QEMU.
This is especially annoying, since we have two slightly different
U-Boot configurations ("bare-metal" vs. loaded via Arm Trusted
Firmware), which need to be selected at build time.
Drop the two hard coded alternatives, and use
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT instead, which relies on the DTB to
figure out the actual flash configuration at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently selecting CONFIG_POSITION_INDEPENDENT also forces us to use an
initial stack pointer relative to the beginning of the BSS section.
This makes some sense, because this should be writable memory anyway.
However the BSS section is not cleared or used until later in the
setup process (after relocation), so memory nearby might not be
available early enough to host the initial stack. This is an issue if
U-Boot is loaded from (Flash-)ROM, for instance.
Allow CONFIG_INIT_SP_RELATIVE to be turned off by a board's config, to
be able to select a fixed stack pointer, for instance in known good
DRAM.
This will help QEMU utilising PIE, when it's loaded to (Flash-)ROM.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
When the actual offset between link and runtime address is zero, there
is no need for patching up U-Boot early when running with
CONFIG_POSITION_INDEPENDENT.
Skip the whole routine when the distance is 0.
This helps when U-Boot is loaded into ROM, or in otherwise sensitive
memory locations.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
When we build an arm64 target and enable POSITION_INDEPENDENT, we were
skipping our build-time dynamic relocation fixup routine (STATIC_RELA).
This was probably done because we didn't need it in this case, as the
PIE fixup routine in start.S would take care of that at runtime.
However when we now skip this routine (upon detecting that the fixup
offset is 0), this might lead to uninitialised pointers.
Remove the exception, so that we always do the build-time relocation.
NOTE: GNU binutils starting with v2.27.1 do this build-time relocation
automatically, to be in-line with other architecures. So on newer
toolchains our manual fixup is actually not needed. It doesn't hurt to
have it, though, so that we keep compatibility with the popular Linaro
toolchains, which lack this feature.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The CONFIG_TFABOOT option is more about what U-Boot DOES NOT need to do
than to support some features.
Explain a bit more in the Kconfig help text to avoid misunderstandings.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Most users don't need the standalone API examples. Distributions like SUSE
do not supply libgcc for cross-compiling and we cannot do without on ARMv8
for building examples/.
Make examples selectable via symbol CONFIG_EXAMPLES. It defaults to
yes on ARCH_QEMU to ensure that we compile the API as part of our
continuous integration.
Cc: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
The timeout calculation is based on the clk being in KHz but
the clk api returns the clk value in Hz. Convert this to KHz
to calculate the correct timeout value.
Signed-off-by: Jack Mitchell <ml@embed.me.uk>
This modifies the existing led test to check for default led naming as
added in the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This more closely mirrors Linux's behaviour, and will make it easier to
transition to using function+color in the future.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
dm_gpio_ops.get_value can be called when the gpio is either input or
output. The current dw code always returns the input value, which is
invalid if the direction is set to out.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Previously, if there was no bank-name property, it was easy to have
confusing gpio names like "gpio1@08", instead of "gpio1@0_8". This patch
follows the example of the sifive gpio driver.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Change the type of gpio_dwabp_platdata.base from fdt_addr_t to a void
pointer, since we pass it to readl.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Fully-Programmable Input/Output Array (FPIOA) device controls pin
multiplexing on the K210. The FPIOA can remap any supported function to any
multifunctional IO pin. It can also perform basic GPIO functions, such as
reading the current value of a pin. However, GPIO functionality remains
largely unimplemented (in favor of the dedicated GPIO peripherals).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This extends the pinctrl-sandbox driver to support pin muxing, and adds a
test for that behaviour. The test is done in C and not python (like the
existing tests for the pinctrl uclass) because it needs to call
pinctrl_select_state. Another option could be to add a command that
invokes pinctrl_select_state and then test everything in
test/py/tests/test_pinmux.py.
The pinctrl-sandbox driver now mimics the way that many pinmux devices
work. There are two groups of pins which are muxed together, as well as
four pins which are muxed individually. I have tried to test all normal
paths. However, very few error cases are explicitly checked for.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This normalizes the documentation to conform to kernel-doc style [1]. It
also moves the documentation for pinctrl_ops inline, and adds argument and
return-value documentation. I have kept the usual function style for these
comments. I could not find any existing examples of function documentation
inside structs.
[1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/doc-guide/kernel-doc.html
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The pinmux property allows for smaller and more compact device trees,
especially when there are many pins which need to be assigned individually.
Instead of specifying an array of strings to be parsed as pins and a
function property, the pinmux property contains an array of integers
representing pinmux groups. A pinmux group consists of the pin identifier
and mux settings represented as a single integer or an array of integers.
Each individual pin controller driver specifies the exact format of a
pinmux group. As specified in the Linux documentation, a pinmux group may
be multiple integers long. However, no existing drivers use multi-integer
pinmux groups, so I have chosen to omit this feature. This makes the
implementation easier, since there is no need to allocate a buffer to do
endian conversions.
Support for the pinmux property is done differently than in Linux. As far
as I can tell, inversion of control is used when implementing support for
the pins and groups properties to avoid allocating. This results in some
duplication of effort; every property in a config node is parsed once for
each pin in that node. This is not such an overhead with pins and groups
properties, since having multiple pins in one config node does not occur
especially often. However, the semantics of the pinmux property make such a
configuration much more appealing. A future patch could parse all config
properties at once and store them in an array. This would make it easier to
create drivers which do not function solely as callbacks from
pinctrl-generic.
This commit increases the size of the sandbox build by approximately 48
bytes. However, it also decreases the size of the K210 device tree by 2
KiB from the previous version of this series.
The documentation has been updated from the last Linux commit before it was
split off into yaml files.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
the aspeed ddr sdram controller needs to know if the memory chip mounted on
the board is dual x8 die or not. Or it may get the wrong size of the
memory space.
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
to improve the maintainability. It is more easier to modify and add
configurations of the driver in the centralized ram driver directory.
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
The cfi-flash driver uses an open-coded version of the generic
algorithm to decode and translate multiple frames of a "reg" property.
This starts off the wrong foot by using the address-cells and size-cells
properties of *this* very node, and not of the parent. This somewhat
happened to work back when we were using a wrong default size of 2,
but broke about a year ago with commit 0ba41ce1b7 ("libfdt: return
correct value if #size-cells property is not present").
Instead of fixing the reinvented wheel, just use the generic function
that does all of this properly.
This fixes U-Boot on QEMU (-arm64), which was crashing due to decoding
a wrong flash base address:
DRAM: 1 GiB
Flash: "Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000044
elr: 00000000000211dc lr : 00000000000211b0 (reloc)
elr: 000000007ff5e1dc lr : 000000007ff5e1b0
x0 : 00000000000000f0 x1 : 000000007ff5e1d8
x2 : 000000007edfbc48 x3 : 0000000000000000
x4 : 0000000000000000 x5 : 00000000000000f0
x6 : 000000007edfbc2c x7 : 0000000000000000
x8 : 000000007ffd8d70 x9 : 000000000000000c
x10: 0400000000000003 x11: 0000000000000055
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When possible use DMA for reading from CFI flash, this provides upto 5x
improvement in read performance with high speed CFI compliant flashes
like HyperFlash.
Code will gracefully fallback to CPU copy when DMA is unavailable.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Caller would need gracefully handle failures of dma_get_device(),
therefore reduce pr_err() to pr_debug() when DMA device is not found.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Octeon needs a platform specific cmd to boot the Linux kernel, as
specific parameters need to be passed and special handling for the
multiple cores (SMP) is needed.
Co-developed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
[use gd->ram_base instead of gd->bd->bi_memstart]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This is needed for Linux booting, as the memory infos need to be passed
in this bootmem format to the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add header to handle bootinfo support, needed for Octeon Linux kernel
booting.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This header includes the Octeon feature detection used in many Octeon
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This header includes common register defines and accessor functions.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the necessary lowlevel init code, to enable SMP Linux
booting. This code will be used with the platform specific Octeon Linux
boot command "bootoctlinux", which starts a configurable number of cores
into Linux.
Additionally some erratas and lowlevel register initializations are
copied from the original Cavium / Marvell U-Boot source code, enabling
booting into the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
As noticed while working on the USB xHCI support, Octeon needs to flush
all pending writes so that the values are present in the memory. Add
this "syncw" instruction (twice) to flush_dcache_range().
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import platform specific mangle-port.h header, allowing a area specific
swapping, which is needed on Octeon for USB & PCI areas.
Imported from Linux v5.7.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import octeon_should_swizzle_table[] which is needed for the area
specific swapping. It will be used by the platform specific
mangle-port.h header.
Imported from Linux v5.7.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the glue layer for the MIPS Octeon SoCs. It's ported
mainly from the Linux code.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Octeon uses mapped addresses for virtual and physical memory. It's not
that easy to calculate the resulting addresses here. So let's remove
this BUG_ON() completely, as it's not really helpful.
Please also note, that BUG_ON() is not recommended any more in the Linux
kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
On MIPS platforms, mapping of the base address is needed. This patch
switches from dev_get_addr() to dev_remap_addr() to get the mapped base
address of the xHCI controller.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch adds the board specific configuration (struct) for the
Octeon 3 EBB7304 EVK. This struct is ported from the 2013er Cavium /
Marvell U-Boot repository. Also, the Octeon RAM driver is enabled in
the board defconfig for its usage.
Tested with one and two DIMMs on the EBB7304 EVK (8 & 16 GiB).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the initialization call for the Octeon RAM driver to
the Octeon platforms code. So if enabled via Kconfig, the DDR driver
will be called and the RAM will be configured and used. If the RAM
driver is not enabled, the L2 cache is still used as RAM.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This Octeon 3 DDR driver is ported from the 2013 Cavium / Marvell U-Boot
repository. It currently supports DDR4 on Octeon 3. It can be later
extended to support also DDR3 and Octeon 2 platforms.
Part 3 includes the DIMM SPD handling code and the Kconfig / Makefile
integration.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This Octeon 3 DDR driver is ported from the 2013 Cavium / Marvell U-Boot
repository. It currently supports DDR4 on Octeon 3. It can be later
extended to support also DDR3 and Octeon 2 platforms.
Part 2 includes the very complex Octeon 3 DDR4 configuration
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This Octeon 3 DDR driver is ported from the 2013 Cavium / Marvell U-Boot
repository. It currently supports DDR4 on Octeon 3. It can be later
extended to support also DDR3 and Octeon 2 platforms.
Part 1 adds the base U-Boot RAM driver, which will be instantiated by
the DT based probing.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This header will be used by the DDR driver (lmc). Its ported from the
2013 Cavium / Marvell U-Boot repository.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This header will be used by the DDR driver (lmc). Its ported from the
2013 Cavium / Marvell U-Boot repository.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This header is used by the upcoming DDR driver and potentially by other
drivers ported from the 2013 Cavium / Marvell U-Boot repository.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the memory controller (LMC) DT node to the Octeon 3 dtsi
file. It also adds the L2C DT node, as this is referenced by the DDR
driver.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When using SDL for input the SDL key codes are first converted to Linux key
codes and then to matrix entries of the cross wired keyboard.
We must not map any key code to two different places on the keyboard. So
comment out one backslash position.
Update the rest of the file from Linux 5.7.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The result of fdt_node_offset_by_phandle is negative for error,
so this patch corrects the check of this result in
fdtdec_parse_phandle_with_args.
This patch allows to have the same behavior with or without OF_LIVE
for the function dev_read_phandle_with_args with cell_name = NULL and
with invalid phandle.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The cell_count argument is required when cells_name is NULL.
This patch adds this parameter in live tree API
- of_count_phandle_with_args
- ofnode_count_phandle_with_args
- dev_count_phandle_with_args
This parameter solves issue when these API is used to count
the number of element of a cell without cell name. This parameter
allow to force the size cell.
For example:
count = dev_count_phandle_with_args(dev, "array", NULL, 3);
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the test for node.of_offset because an invalid offset is not
always set to -1 because the return value of the libfdt functions are:
+ an error with a value < 0
+ a valid offset with value >=0
For example, in ofnode_get_by_phandle() function, we have:
node.of_offset = fdt_node_offset_by_phandle(gd->fdt_blob, phandle);
and this function can return -FDT_ERR_BADPHANDLE (-6).
Without this patch, the added test dm_test_ofnode_get_by_phandle failed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Include missing log.h and change _ofnode_to_np() to ofnode_to_np() so
that compiling with OF_CHECKS enabled does not break.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some blobs need a larger alignment than the default. For example, ACPI
tables often start at a 4KB boundary. Add support for this.
Update the size of the test blob to allow these larger records.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The intention which bloblists is that each blob's data is aligned in
memory. At present it is only the headers that are aligned.
Update the code to correct this and add a little more documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When running these tests on sandbox any failures result in very large or
long pointer values which are a pain to work with. Map them to an address
so it is easier to diagnose failures.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is helpful to be able to see basic statistics about the bloblist and
also to list its contents. Add a 'bloblist' command to handle this.
Put the display functions in the bloblist modules rather than in the
command code itself. That allows showing a list from SPL, where commands
are not available.
Also make bloblist_first/next_blob() static as they are not used outside
this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reformat the command line options chapter so that the command line options
clearly stand out.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2021-01-rc1
The following bugs in the UEFI system are resolved:
* illegal free in EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL implementation
* incorrect documentation of EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL implementation
* output of CRC32 as decimal instead hexadecimal in unit test
* use EfiReservedMemoryType for no-map reserved memory
* avoid unnecessary resets in UEFI unit tests
* call EFI bootmgr even without having /EFI/boot
- generate unique mac address from SoC serial on S400 board
- Add USB support for GXL and AXG SoCs
- Update Gadget code to use the new GXL and AXG USB glue driver
- Add a VIM3 board support to add dynamic PCIe enable in OS DT
- Fix AXG pinmux with requesting GPIOs
- Add missing GPIOA_18 for AXG pinctrl
- Add Amlogic PWM driver
The device tree may contain a /reserved-memory node. The no-map property
of the sub-nodes signals if the memory may be accessed by the UEFI payload
or not.
In the EBBR specification (https://github.com/arm-software/ebbr) the
modeling of the reserved memory has been clarified.
If a reserved memory node in the device tree has the no-map property map,
create a EfiReservedMemoryType memory map entry else use
EfiBootServicesData.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CONFIG_EFI_GRUB_ARM32 is only needed for architectures with caches that are
not managed via CP15 (or for some outdated buggy versions of GRUB). It
makes more sense to disable the setting per architecture than per defconfig.
Move QEMU's CONFIG_EFI_GRUB_ARM32_WORKAROUND=n from defconfig to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently, the EFI bootmgr is only called if there is a EFI binary
inside the path for removable media is found, i.e. /EFI/boot/. This
doesn't make sense. It is the duty of the bootmgr to find out the
path and name of the EFI binary to boot. It should be called even
if there is no /EFI/boot directory.
Thus, call the bootmgr before we try to boot the EFI binary inside
the removable media path.
Also remove the ${fdtcontroladdr} parameter because the fallback is
handled in cmd/bootefi.c and that already takes care of correct settings
if the board has ACPI and thus no device tree at all.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When we do not execute a test requiring ExitBootServices do not reset the
system after testing.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Print the CRC32 loaded via the EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL as a hexadecimal
number.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
strsep() changes the address that its first argument points to.
We cannot use the changed address as argument of free().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
U-Boot offers a EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL which the Linux EFI stub can use to
load an initial RAM disk. Update the function comments of the
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This adds the driver for the PWM controller found in the Amlogic SoCs.
This PWM is only a set of Gates, Dividers and Counters:
PWM output is achieved by calculating a clock that permits calculating
two periods (low and high). The counter then has to be set to switch after
N cycles for the first half period.
The hardware has no "polarity" setting. This driver reverses the period
cycles (the low length is inverted with the high length) for
PWM_POLARITY_INVERSED.
Disabling the PWM stops the output immediately (without waiting for the
current period to complete first).
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The AXG pmx driver gpio request offset needs the pin base to have the
correct pin number.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
The VIM3 on-board MCU can mux the PCIe/USB3.0 shared differential
lines using a FUSB340TMX USB 3.1 SuperSpeed Data Switch between
an USB3.0 Type A connector and a M.2 Key M slot.
The PHY driving these differential lines is shared between
the USB3.0 controller and the PCIe Controller, thus only
a single controller can use it.
This adds this dynamic switching right before booting Linux
and the configuration steps in the boards documentation.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
[narmstrong: fixed warning by replacing min() by min_t()]
Add the correcly architectured USB Glue node for Meson AXG and the
S400 board in -u-boot.dtsi until support in upstream Linux then
backported.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add the board_usb_init()/cleanup() for USB gadget for AXG based
on the code for the G12A architecture.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The registers which are managed by the meson-gxl-usb3 PHY driver are
actually "USB control" registers (which are "glue" registers which
manage OTG detection and routing of the OTG capable port between the
DWC2 peripheral-only controller and the DWC3 host-only controller).
Drop the meson-gxl-usb3 PHY driver now that the dwc3-meson-gxl-usb
driver supports the USB control registers on GXL and GXM SoCs (these
were previously managed by the meson-gxl-usb3 PHY driver).
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The USB support was initialy done with a set of PHYs and dwc3-of-simple
because the architecture of the USB complex was not understood correctly
at the time (and proper documentation was missing...).
But with the G12A family, the USB complex was correctly understood and
implemented correctly.
This adds a proper driver for the glue, based on the G12A one, but with
enough changes to require a different driver in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This imports the AXG, GXL & GXM SoC and boards DT changes from the Linux
commit b3a9e3b9622a ("Linux 5.8-rc1").
This change also removes GXL & GXM u-boot.dtsi hacks for USB gadget.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
First set of u-boot-atmel features for 2021.01 cycle:
This feature set includes a new CPU driver for at91 family, new driver
for PIT64B hardware timer, support for new at91 family SoC named sama7g5
which adds: clock support, including conversion of the clock tree to
CCF; SoC support in mach-at91, pinctrl and mmc drivers update. The
feature set also includes updates for mmc driver and some other minor
fixes and features regarding building without the old Atmel PIT and the
possibility to read a secondary MAC address from a second i2c EEPROM.
Currently, the return value of dev_read_u32_default is stored in an u32,
causing the subsequent "if (function < 0)" to always be false:
u32 function;
...
function = dev_read_u32_default(config, "brcm,function", -1);
if (function < 0) {
debug("Failed reading function for pinconfig %s (%d)\n",
config->name, function);
return -EINVAL;
}
Make "function" variable an int to fix this.
Cc: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Factor out reading IP base address to ofdata_to_platdata function, which
is designed for this purpose. Also, drop the dev->priv NULL check, since
this is already done by the dm core when allocating space using
priv_auto_alloc_size feature. (in drivers/core/device.c ->
device_ofdata_to_platdata).
Cc: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Yannick Fertré <yannick.fertre@st.com>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add test on the size of ofnode_phandle_args result to avoid access
to uninitialized elements in args[] field.
This patch avoids the issue when gpio-ranges cell size is not 3 as
expected, for example:
gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0>;
instead of
gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0 112 16>;
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Move the variables definition at the beggining of the function
gpio_stm32_probe().
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
DT alignment with Linux kernel v5.9-rc4 for the STM32MP15x soc
device tree files and the STMicroelectronics boards device tree files.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Upon further discussion on the mailing list, we should not get in the
situation where the generic code path to set ethaddr/etc correctly does
not work. Revert this until someone can further debug the smc911x
driver regarding this issue.
This reverts commit 387cbf096e.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The R8A774A1 is compatible with the generic rcar-gen3-xhci controller.
This patch adds the compatibility flag, to support the xHCI controller.
Signed-off-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Use macros with parameter to fill ep_info2, then some macros
for MASK and SHIFT can be removed
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
For normal TRB fields:
use TRB_LEN(x) instead of ((x) & TRB_LEN_MASK);
and use TRB_INTR_TARGET(x) instead of
(((x) & TRB_INTR_TARGET_MASK) << TRB_INTR_TARGET_SHIFT)
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
There some vendor quirks for MTK xHCI 0.96 host controller:
1. It defines some extra SW scheduling parameters for HW
to minimize the scheduling effort for synchronous and
interrupt endpoints. The parameters are put into reserved
DWs of slot context and endpoint context.
2. Its TDS in Normal TRB defines a number of packets that
remains to be transferred for a TD after processing all
Max packets in all previous TRBs.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
xhci versions 1.0 and later report the untransferred data remaining in a
TD a bit differently than older hosts.
We used to have separate functions for these, and needed to check host
version before calling the right function.
Now Mediatek host has an additional quirk on how it uses the TD Size
field for remaining data. To prevent yet another function for calculating
remainder we instead want to make one quirk friendly unified function.
Porting from the Linux:
c840d6ce772d("xhci: create one unified function to calculate TRB TD remainder.")
124c39371114("xhci: use boolean to indicate last trb in td remainder calculation")
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This commits update the support of sntp to use
the framework udp. This change allows to remove
all the reference to sntp in the main network
file net/net.c.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit adds a generic udp protocol framework in the
network loop. So protocol based on udp may be implemented
without modifying the network loop (for example custom
wait magic packet).
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add support for stingray PAXB PHY controller driver.
This driver supports maximum 8 PAXB phys using pipemux data.
Signed-off-by: Srinath Mannam <srinath.mannam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Rayagonda Kokatanur <rayagonda.kokatanur@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When load the last block, the "len" might not be a block size. This cause
loading the incorrect last block data.
The fix change "len" to tftp_block_size and minus one tftp_block_size
for offset calculation.
Use same offset calculation formula as in store_block().
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-By: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
tftp_cur_block start with 1 for first block, but tftp_cur_block counter is
start with zero when block number is rollover. The existing code
"tftp_cur_block - 1" will cause the block number become -1 in store_block()
when tftp_cur_block is 0 when tftp_cur_block is rollover.
The fix pass in tftp_cur_block to store_block() and minus the
tftp_block_size when do the offset calculation.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-By: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Fixes missing update to tftp_prev_block counter before increase
tftp_cur_block counter when do the tftpput operation.
tftp_prev_block counter is used in update_block_number() function to
check whether block number (sequence number) is rollover. This bug
cause the tftpput command fail to upload a large file when block
number is greater than 16-bit (0xFFFF).
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-By: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The ethernet controller can read the MAC from EEPROM and display it,
but if ethaddr is not set, the ethernet is still unavailable.
This patch checks will automatically set the MAC address if it has
not already been set.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
ftgmac100 driver is using hard-coded PHY interface address of zero.
Each board can have different PHY interface address (phy_addr).
This commit modifies the driver to make use of board specific address
by leveraging CONFIG_PHY_ADDR.
Signed-off-by: Thirupathaiah Annapureddy <thiruan@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
The Linux kernel does set the clock delays to
- 0.2 ns (their default, and lowest, hardware value) if delays should
not be enabled
- 2.0 ns (which causes the data to be sampled at exactly half way between
clock transitions at 1000 Mbps) if delays should be enabled
depending on the interface mode
See https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/drivers/net/phy/mscc/mscc_main.c#n523
So instead of using arbitrary delay values like now, mimic this behaviour.
The behaviour is the same for all of vsc8530/8531/8540/8541 so move that
to a shared function while at it.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add tests for SCMI reset controllers. A test device driver
sandbox-scmi_devices.c is used to get reset resources, allowing further
resets manipulation.
Change sandbox-smci_agent to emulate 1 reset controller exposed through
an agent. Add DM test scmi_resets to test this reset controller.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change introduces a reset controller driver for SCMI agent devices.
When SCMI agent and SCMI reset domain drivers are enabled, SCMI agent
binds a reset controller device for each SCMI reset domain protocol
devices enabled in the FDT.
SCMI reset driver is embedded upon CONFIG_RESET_SCMI=y. If enabled,
CONFIG_SCMI_AGENT is also enabled.
SCMI Reset Domain protocol is defined in the SCMI specification [1].
Links: [1] https://developer.arm.com/architectures/system-architectures/software-standards/scmi
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add tests for SCMI clocks. A test device driver sandbox-scmi_devices.c
is used to get clock resources, allowing further clock manipulation.
Change sandbox-smci_agent to emulate 3 clocks exposed through 2 agents.
Add DM test scmi_clocks to test these 3 clocks.
Update DM test sandbox_scmi_agent with load/remove test sequences
factorized by {load|remove}_sandbox_scmi_test_devices() helper functions.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change implements a SMCCC transport for SCMI exchanges. This
implementation follows the Linux kernel as references implementation
for SCMI message processing, using the SMT format for communication
channel meta-data.
Use of SMCCC transport in SCMI FDT bindings are defined in the Linux
kernel DT bindings since v5.8. SMCCC with SMT is implemented in OP-TEE
from tag 3.9.0 [2].
Links: [2] https://github.com/OP-TEE/optee_os/commit/a58c4d706d23
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change implements a mailbox transport using SMT format for SCMI
exchanges. This implementation follows the Linux kernel and
SCP-firmware [1] as references implementation for SCMI message
processing using SMT format for communication channel meta-data.
Use of mailboxes in SCMI FDT bindings are defined in the Linux kernel
DT bindings since v4.17.
Links: [1] https://github.com/ARM-software/SCP-firmware
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change introduces SCMI agent uclass to interact with a firmware
using the SCMI protocols [1].
SCMI agent uclass currently supports a single method to request
processing of the SCMI message by an identified server. A SCMI message
is made of a byte payload associated to a protocol ID and a message ID,
all defined by the SCMI specification [1]. On return from process_msg()
method, the caller gets the service response.
SCMI agent uclass defines a post bind generic sequence for all devices.
The sequence binds all the SCMI protocols listed in the FDT for that
SCMI agent device. Currently none, but later change will introduce
protocols.
This change implements a simple sandbox device for the SCMI agent uclass.
The sandbox nicely answers SCMI_NOT_SUPPORTED to SCMI messages.
To prepare for further test support, the sandbox exposes a architecture
function for test application to read the sandbox emulated devices state.
Currently supports 2 SCMI agents, identified by an ID in the FDT device
name. The simplistic DM test does nothing yet.
SCMI agent uclass is designed for platforms that embed a SCMI server in
a firmware hosted somewhere, for example in a companion co-processor or
in the secure world of the executing processor. SCMI protocols allow an
SCMI agent to discover and access external resources as clock, reset
controllers and more. SCMI agent and server communicate following the
SCMI specification [1]. This SCMI agent implementation complies with
the DT bindings defined in the Linux kernel source tree regarding
SCMI agent description since v5.8.
Links: [1] https://developer.arm.com/architectures/system-architectures/software-standards/scmi
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The tests rely on a dummy driver to allocate and initialize the regmaps
and the regmap fields using the managed API. The first test checks if
the regmap config fields like width, reg_offset_shift, range specifiers,
etc work. The second test checks if regmap fields behave properly (mask
and shift are ok) by peeking into the regmap.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When more nodes are added for a uclass the index might go into two or
more digits. This means that there are less spaces printed because they
are used up by the extra digits. Update the regular expression to allow
variable-length spacing between the class name and and index.
This was discovered when adding a simple_bus node in test.dts made
test_bind_unbind_with_uclass() fail because the index went up to 10.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
A regmap field is an abstraction available in Linux. It provides to access
bitfields in a regmap without having to worry about shifts and masks.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Some devices need to calculate the regmap base address at runtime. This
makes it impossible to use device tree to get the regmap base. Instead,
allow devices to specify it in the regmap config. This will create a
regmap with a single range that corresponds to the start and size given
by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Right now, the base of a regmap can only be obtained from the device
tree. This makes it impossible for devices which calculate the base at
runtime to use a regmap. An example of such a device is the Cadence
Sierra PHY.
Allow creating a regmap with one range whose start and size can be
specified by the driver based on calculations at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drivers can configure it to adjust the final read/write location.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Right now, regmap_read() and regmap_write() read/write a 32-bit value
only. To write other lengths, regmap_raw_read() and regmap_raw_write()
need to be used.
This means that any driver ported from Linux that relies on
regmap_{read,write}() to know the size already has to be updated at each
callsite. This makes the port harder to maintain.
So, allow specifying the read/write width to make it easier to port the
drivers, since now the only change needed is when initializing the
regmap.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some fields will be introduced in the regmap structure that should be
set to 0 by default. So, once we allocate a regmap, make sure it is
zeroed out to avoid unexpected defaults for those values.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most of new linux drivers are using managed-API to allocate resources. To
ease porting drivers from linux to U-Boot, introduce devm_regmap_init() as
a managed API to get a regmap from the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Add a test to verify that GPIOs can be acquired/released using the managed
API. Also check that the GPIOs are released when the consumer device is
removed.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Add managed functions to get a gpio from the devce-tree, based on a
property name (minus the '-gpios' suffix) and optionally an index.
When the device is unbound, the GPIO is automatically released and the
data structure is freed.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
The tests are basically the same as for the regular API. Except that
the reset are initialized using the managed API, and no freed manually.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Add managed functions to get a reset_ctl from the device-tree, based on a
name or an index.
Also add a managed functions to get a reset_ctl_bulk (array of reset_ctl)
from the device-tree.
When the device is unbound, the reset controllers are automatically
released and the data structure is freed.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
- Disable CMD_IRQ for RISC-V.
- Update sipeed/maix doc
- Obtain reg of SiFive RAM via dev_read_addr_index() instead of regmap API.
- Cleans up RISC-V timer drivers and converts them to DM.
- Correctly handle IPIs already pending upon prior stage bootloader (on the K210)
This adorns messages generated by dev_xxx with the device and driver
names. It also redirects dev_xxx to log when it is available. The names
of these functions very roughly take inspiration from Linux, but there is
no deeper correlation.
Both struct udevice and struct device are supported when logging, though
logging with struct device is no better than using log_xxx. The latter is
supported because of the large amount of existing code which logs with
struct device.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This driver does not use DM, so we need to use a struct device instead of a
struct udevice. Not ideal, but it'll have to do for now.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This can conflict with asm/io.h on some archs, and it isn't needed to build
dwc3-generic.c
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This logs with the device from struct dwc3. Some files also need to include
dm.h so fields in udevice can be accessed.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This adds a dev argument to some functions so dev_xxx always has a device
to log with. In one instance we must use use a different log function when
we are compiled without DM_USB.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
ep0.c also need to include dm.h so dev_xxx can access udevice fields.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Usually we can get a device from the current core, but some dev_dbg calls
have been converted to debug, since we are called on a cluster.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This function is never used anywhere, and it also tries to log with a
nonexistant device.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Without DM_ETH, cpsw_priv.dev is an eth_device. Just use its name instead.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
netdev_xxx evaluates to printf in U-Boot, so there is no extra info
printed. mvpp2 one of only two drivers which use these functions in U-Boot.
Convert these functions to dev_xxx where possible (and to log_xxx where
not).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
netdev_xxx evaluates to printf in U-Boot, so there is no extra info
printed. mvneta is one of two drivers which use these functions in U-Boot.
Convert these functions to dev_xxx where possible (and to log_xxx where
not).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
The name of the device we are working on is `ethdev` and not just `dev`.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This member was presumably dropped when this driver was converted from
Linux. However, it is still used in log statements during initialization.
This patch adds the member back. In addition, allocation of struct
vf610_nfc has been moved to the callers of vf610_nfc_nand_init. This allows
it to be allocated by DM (if it is being used) and for dev to be
initialized.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
There are too many levels of indirection when calling dev_err. This is an
artifact of the conversion of brcmnand_host.pdev from a struct
platform_device (which has a member `dev` pointing to a struct device) to
struct udevice.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This adds a udevice parameter to get_best_delay and msdc_set_mclk so they
can call dev_err properly.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Get it from spinand->slave->dev. Another option would be to use
spinand_to_mtd(spinand)->dev, but this is what the existing code uses.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This fixes dev_xxx() not always being called with a device. In
spi_nor_reg_read, a the slave device may not always be available, so we use
bus and cs instead.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This header is needed so struct udevice can be used in dev_xxx().
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Usually the device is gotten from sunxi_nfc. This is a struct device and
not a struct udevice, but the whole driver seems to be written wihout DM
anyway...
In a few instances, this patch modifies functions to take an nfc to log
with. In once instance we use mtd_info's device since there is no nfc.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Use the device from any mtd already available, or from the active mtd via
pxa3xx_nand_info if one is not.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This converts calls to dev_err to get the device from ti_sci_info where
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This ensures constructs like `if (gd & gd->...) { ... }` work when
accessing the global data pointer. Without this change, it was possible for
a very early trap to cause _exit_trap to directly or indirectly (through
printf) to read arbitrary memory. This could cause a second trap,
preventing show_regs from being printed.
printf (and specifically puts) uses gd to determine what function to print
with. These functions in turn use gd to find the serial device, etc.
However, before accessing gd, puts first checks to see if it is non-NULL.
This indicates an existing (perhaps undocumented) assumption that either gd
is NULL or it is completely valid.
Before this patch, gd either points to unexpected data (because it retains
the value it did from the prior-stage) or points to uninitialized data
(because it has not yet been initialized by board_init_f_init_reserve)
until the hart has acquired available_harts_lock. This can cause two
problems, depending on the value of gd->flags. If GD_FLG_SERIAL_READY is
unset, then some garbage data will be printed to stdout, but there will not
be a second trap. However, if GD_FLG_SERIAL_READY is set, then puts will
try to print with serial_puts, which will likely cause a second trap.
After this patch, gd is zero up until either a hart has set it in
wait_for_gd_init, or until it is set by arch_init_gd. This prevents its
usage before its data is initialized because both handle_trap and puts
ensure that gd is nonzero before using it. After gd has been set, it is OK
to access it because its data has been cleared (and so flags is valid).
XIP cannot use locks because flash is not writable. This leaves it
vulnerable to the same class of bugs regarding already-pending IPIs as
before this series. Fixing that would require finding another method of
synchronization, which is outside the scope of this series.
Fixes: 7c6ca03eae ("riscv: additional crash information")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
We can reduce the number of instructions needed to use available_harts_lock
by using the aq and rl suffixes for AMOs.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Even though we no longer call smp_function if an IPI was not sent by
U-Boot, we still need to clear any IPIs which were pending from the
execution environment. Otherwise, secondary harts will busy-wait in
secondary_hart_loop, instead of relaxing.
Along with the previous commit ("riscv: Use a valid bit to ignore
already-pending IPIs"), this fixes SMP booting on the Kendryte K210.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Some IPIs may already be pending when U-Boot is started. This could be a
problem if a secondary hart tries to handle an IPI before the boot hart has
initialized the IPI device.
To be specific, the Kendryte K210 ROM-based bootloader does not clear IPIs
before passing control to U-Boot. Without this patch, the secondary hart
jumps to address 0x0 as soon as it enters secondary_hart_loop, and then
hangs in its trap handler.
This commit introduces a valid bit so secondary harts know when and IPI
originates from U-Boot, and it is safe to use the IPI API. The valid bit is
initialized to 0 by board_init_f_init_reserve. Before this, secondary harts
wait in wait_for_gd_init.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Without a matching barrier on the write side, the barrier in handle_ipi
does nothing. It was entirely possible for the boot hart to write to addr,
arg0, and arg1 *after* sending the IPI, because there was no barrier on the
sending side.
Fixes: 90ae281437 ("riscv: add option to wait for ack from secondary harts in smp functions")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Clearing MIP.MSIP is not guaranteed to do anything by the spec. In
addition, most existing RISC-V hardware does nothing when this bit is set.
The following commits "riscv: Use a valid bit to ignore already-pending
IPIs" and "riscv: Clear pending IPIs on initialization" should implement
the original intent of the reverted commit in a more robust manner.
This reverts commit 9472630337.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
We currently do this in a u-boot specific dts, but hopefully we can get
these bindings added in Linux in the future.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@openfive.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
The interrupt controller property is removed from the clint binding because
the clint is not an interrupt-controller. That is, no other devices have an
interrupt which is controlled by the clint.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Another "virtual" clock (in the sense that it isn't configurable). This
could possibly be done as a clock in the device tree, but I think this is a
bit cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
This converts the clint driver from the riscv-specific interface to be a
DM-based UCLASS_TIMER driver. In addition, the SiFive DDR driver previously
implicitly depended on the CLINT to select REGMAP.
Unlike Andes's PLMT/PLIC (which AFAIK never have anything pass it a dtb),
the SiFive CLINT is part of the device tree passed in by qemu. This device
tree doesn't have a clocks or clock-frequency property on clint, so we need
to fall back on the timebase-frequency property. Perhaps in the future we
can get a clock-frequency property added to the qemu dtb.
Unlike with the Andes PLMT, the Sifive CLINT is also an IPI controller.
RISCV_SYSCON_CLINT is retained for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@openfive.com>
This merges the PLIC initialization code from two functions into one.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
This converts the PLMT driver from the riscv-specific timer interface to be
a DM-based UCLASS_TIMER driver.
The clock-frequency/clocks properties are preferred over timebase-frequency
for two reasons. First, properties which affect a device should be located
near its binding in the device tree. Using timebase-frequency only really
makes sense when the cpu itself is the timer device. This is the case when
we read the time from a CSR, but not when there is a separate device.
Second, it lets the device use the clock subsystem which adds flexibility.
If the device is configured for a different clock speed, the timer can
adjust itself.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
To test this function, sandbox CPU must set cpu_platdata.timebase_freq on
bind. It also needs to expose a method to set the current cpu. I also make
some most members of cpu_sandbox_ops static.
On the timer side, the device tree property
sandbox,timebase-frequency-fallback controls whether sandbox_timer_probe
falls back to time_timebase_fallback or to SANDBOX_TIMER_RATE.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is designed to be used when a timer used to be initialized by
the cpu (e.g. RISC-V timers), but now is initialized by dm_timer_init. In
such a case, the timer may prefer to use the clocks and clock-frequency
properties, but should be able to fall back on using the cpu's
timebase-frequency.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The riscv-timer driver currently serves as a shim for several riscv timer
drivers. This is not too desirable because it bypasses the usual timer
selection via the driver model. There is no easy way to specify an
alternate timing driver, or have the tick rate depend on the cpu's
configured frequency. The timer drivers also do not have device structs,
and so have to rely on storing parameters in gd_t. Lastly, there is no
initialization call, so driver init is done in the same function which
reads the time. This can result in confusing error messages. To a user, it
looks like the driver failed when trying to read the time, whereas it may
have failed while initializing.
This patch removes the shim functionality from the riscv-timer driver, and
has it instead implement the former rdtime.c timer driver. This is because
existing u-boot users who pass in a device tree (e.g. qemu) do not create a
timer device for S-mode u-boot. The existing behavior of creating the
riscv-timer device in the riscv cpu driver must be kept. The actual reading
of the CSRs has been redone in the style of Linux's get_cycles64.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The usage of regmap API in the SiFive RAM driver is not correct.
The reg address should be obtained via dev_read_addr_index() API.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
In the boot flow description add the RESET and BOOT button as well as the
function of the DTR and RTS lines of the serial interface.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add support for Microchip PIT64B timer. The timer is 64 bit length and
is used as a free running counter (in continuous mode with highest values
for period registers). The clock feeding the timer would be no more
than 12.5MHz.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
The micrel phy driver is already configuring this values from
device tree. So remove the redundant phy configuration call from
this driver.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Renesas Draak board based on R-Car D3 has single CA53.
This patch drops check for cputype from reset_cpu() and also drops the
corresponding CA57 macros. While at it also dropped RST_RSTOUTCR macro
which is unused.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Use "imply" instead of "select" for BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F config option,
and then disable it on boards which don't need it.
Updated grpeach_defconfig to disable CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F option for
RZA1.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
R8A774A1 is part of Renesas RZ/G2 series and not R-Car, reflect the same
for PINCTRL_PFC_R8A774A1 help description
Alongside, sort the PINCTRL_PFC_R8A774A1 config option as per increasing
number of the SoC.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Enable the fitImage update options on RCar Gen3 boards.
This permits easy update of multiple bootloader components.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Enable the RPC Hyperflash driver on R8A7795,R8A7796,R8A77965
Salvator-X,ULCB and R8A77990 Ebisu. Note that to make the HF
accessible, mainline ATF is mandatory and must be built with
RCAR_RPC_HYPERFLASH_LOCKED=0 . Note that this is intended for
development and testing convenience only and must be disabled
in deployment for platform security reasons.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
- Enhance the 'zboot' command to be more like 'bootm' with sub-commands
- The last series of ACPI core changes for programmatic generation of
ACPI tables
- Add all required ACPI tables for ApolloLake and enable ACPIGEN on
Chromebook Coral
- A feature minor enhancements to the 'hob' command
- Intel edison: Support for writing an xFSTK image via binman
Call mmc_of_parse at probe time to fetch all the host properties
from the DT.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The second clock of the IP block (the generic clock), must be explicitly
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <pengfan@nxp.com>
clk_set_rate will return rate in case of success and zero in case of
error, however it can also return -ev, but it's an ulong function.
To avoid any issues, disregard the return value of this call.
In case this call actually fails, nothing much we can do anyway, but we
can at least try with the previous values (or DT assigned-clocks)
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
It is useful to be able to flash Edison directly without relying on the
installed U-Boot being functional.
Add a binman image for this. It includes a 'OSIP' header (which happens to
look like an MBR / (Master-Boot Record), U-Boot binary and an environment.
I am not able to find a specification for OSIP.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
In some cases it is useful to include a U-Boot environment region in an
image. This allows the board to start up with an environment ready to go.
Add a new entry type for this. The input is a text file containing the
environment entries, one per line, in the format:
var=value
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
The recent support for missing external binaries does not show an error
message when a file is genuinely missing (i.e. it is missing but not
marked as 'external'). This means that when -m is passed to binman, it
will never report a missing file.
Fix this and add a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
We already use binman's 'multiple-images' feature with Chrome OS and we
want to use it for Edison. There is no real down-side.
Adjust x86 to always use multiple-images.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
At present the 'bdinfo' command shows the framebuffer address, but not the
address of the copy framebuffer, if present. Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the mtrr command only support 8 MTRRs. Some SoCs have more than
that. Update the implementation to support up to 10. Read the number of
MTRRs dynamically instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some HOBs include information that can be decoded. Add a -v option to the
hob command, to allow this to be displayed. Add the ability to decode a
resource descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
GUIDs are one of the seven evils of the computer world. They obfuscate the
meaning and require people to look up long hex strings to decode it.
Luckily only a miniscule fraction of the 10^38 possible GUIDs are in use.
Add a way to decode the GUIDs known to U-Boot. Add a few more to the list
for good measure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The 'hob' command currently lists all HOB entries. Add way to list a
single entry, by index.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable new features and provide require device-tree config so that U-Boot
produces the correct ACPI tables on Coral.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present linux/bitops.h is included in ACPI code. This is not needed and
can cause a problem in fls64.h since BITS_PER_LONG is not defined. Move
the #include into the part not used by ACPI.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some boards want to reserve extra regions of memory. Add a 'chosen'
property to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
A few fields have an open-coded length. Use the defines for this purpose
instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present this function only supports FSP-M but it is also used to read
FSP-S, in which case FSP-M may be zero. Add support for showing whichever
address is present in the FSP binary.
Also change the debug() statements to log_debug() while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If locating the FSP header hangs for whatever reason it is useful to see
where it got stuck. Add a debug print. Also show the address of the FSP-S
entry point as a sanity check.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add files describing the various audio configurations supported on coral.
These are passed to Linux in the ACPI tables.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file doesn't currently have a log category. Add one so that items
are logged correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This provides information about a v1 TPM in the system. Generate this
table if the TPM is present.
Add a required new bloblist type and correct the header order of one
header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file cannot currently be included in ASL files. Add a header guard
to permit this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is currently in the wrong place, so including the file in the device
tree fails. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Send this notification when U-Boot is about to boot into Linux, as
requested by the FSP.
Currently this causes a crash with the APL FSP, so leave it disabled for
now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the MTRR registers are programmed with the list the U-Boot
builds up in the same order. In some cases this list may be out of order.
It looks better in Linux to have the registers in order, so sort them,
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This new method is intended to be called when UEFI shuts down the 'boot
services', i.e. any lingering code in the boot loader that might be used
by the OS.
Add a definition for this new method and update the comments a little.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We don't have CONFIG_PCI in TPL but it is present in SPL, etc. So this
code is not needed. Drop it, and fix a code-style nit just above.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support generating a DMAR table and add a few helper routines as well.
Also set up NHLT so that audio works.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for generating various ACPI tables for Apollo Lake. Add a few
S3 definitions that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow this header to be included in ASL files by adding a header guard and
a few definitions that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Apollo Lake needs to generate a few more table types used on Intel SoCs.
Add support for these into the x86 ACPI code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These are needed for the CPU tables. Add them into an x86-specific file
since we do not support them on sandbox, or include tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an implementation of the DBG2 (Debug Port Table 2) ACPI table.
Adjust one of the header includes to be in the correct order, before
adding more.
Note that the DBG2 table is generic but the PCI UART is x86-specific at
present since it assumes an ns16550 UART. It can be generalised later
if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an implementation of the HPET (High Precision Event Timer) ACPI
table. Since this is x86-specific, put it in an x86-specific file
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some more definitions to the iomap. These will be used by
ACPI-generation code as well as the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add SCI and power-state definitions required by ACPI tables. Fix the
license to match the original source file.
Als update the guard on acpi_pmc.h to avoid an error when buiding ASL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot does not support SMM (System Management Mode) at present, but needs
a few definitions to correctly set up the ACPI table. Add these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Intel WiFi chips can use a common routine to write the information needed
by linux. Add an implementation of this.
Enable it for coral.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some devices can wake the system from sleep, e.g opening the lid on a
clamshell or moving a USB mouse.
Add a wake to specify this for USB devices and add the settings for Apollo
Lake.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Many I2C devices produce roughly the same ACPI data with just things like
the GPIO/interrupt information being different.
This can be handled by a generic driver along with some information in the
device tree.
Add a generic i2c driver for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The extra ACPI code increases U-Boot above it current size limit. Move
the start earlier to provide space.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a function to generate ACPI code for a _DSM method for a device.
This includes functions for starting and ending each part of the _DSM.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[bmeng: fix the "new blank line at EOF" git warning]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
A 'Power Resource for Wake' list the resources a device depends on for
wake. Add a function to generate this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This device has a large set of ACPI tables. Bring these in from coreboot
so that full functionality is available (apart from SMI).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Expand this to 4KB so that it is possible to add custom information to it.
On Chromebooks this is used to pass verified-boot information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present U-Boot puts a magic number in the ASL for the GNVS table and
searches for it later.
Add a Kconfig option to use a different approach, where the ASL files
declare the table as an external symbol. U-Boot can then put it wherever
it likes, without any magic numbers or searching.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the definition of this structure common to Intel devices. It includes
some optional Chrome OS pieces which are used when vboot is integrated.
Drop the APL version as it is basically the same.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This value is incorrect and causes problems booting Linux. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Recent versions of Chrome OS do not have a kernel in the root disk, to
save space.
With the improvements to the 'zboot' command it is fairly easy to load
the kernel from the raw partition. Add instructions on how to do this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When booting Chrome OS images the command line is stored separately
from the kernel. Add a way to specify this address so that images boot
correctly.
Also add comments to the zimage.h header.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: adjust maxargs to 8 for 'zboot start']
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
There is a lot of information in the setup block and it is quite hard to
decode manually. Add a 'zboot dump' command to decode it into a
human-readable format.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the setup block is always obtained from the image
automatically. In some cases it can be useful to use a setup block
obtained elsewhere, e.g. if the image has already been unpacked. Add an
argument to support this and update the logic to use it if provided.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: adjust maxargs to 7 for 'zboot start']
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present it is not possible to tell from a script where the setup block
is, or where the image was loaded to. Add environment variables for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a subcommand that loads the kernel into the right places in memory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: adjust ZBOOT_STATE_INFO value to match the command order]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a little subcommand that prints out where the kernel was loaded and
its setup pointer. Run it by default in the normal boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Split out the code that actually boots linux into a separate sub-command.
Add base_ptr to the state to support this.
Show an error if the boot fails, since this should not happen.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add subcommands to zboot. At present there is only one called 'start'
which does the whole boot. It is the default command so is optional.
Change the 's' string variable to const while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: reduce maxargs to 6 of 'zboot start' subcommand]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present if an error occurs while setting up the boot, interrupts are
left disabled. Move this call later in the sequence to avoid this problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present U-Boot sets a loader type of 8 which means LILO version 8,
according to the spec. Update it to 0x80, which means U-Boot with no
particular version.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To help reduce the size and complexity of load_zimage(), move the code
that reads the kernel version into a separate function. Update
get_boot_protocol() to allow printing the 'Magic signature' message only
once, under control of its callers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the 'zboot' command does everything in one go. It would be
better if it supported sub-commands like bootm, so it is possible to
examine what will be booted before actually booting it.
In preparation for this, move the 'state' of the command into a struct.
This will allow it to be shared among multiple functions in this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This header is missing a few of the newer features from the specification.
Add these as well as a link to the spec. Also use the BIT() macros where
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Xilinx changes for v2021.01
arm64:
- Support for bigger U-Boot images compiled with PIE
microblaze:
- Extend support for LE/BE systems
zynqmp:
- Refactor silicon ID detection code with using firmware interface
- Add support for saving variables based on bootmode
zynqmp-r5:
- Fix MPU mapping and defconfig setting.
xilinx:
- Minor driver changes: names alignment
- Enable UBIFS
- Minor DT and macros fixes
- Fix boot with appended DT
- Fix distro boot
cmd:
- pxe: Add fixing for platforms with manual relocation support
clk:
- fixed_rate: Add DM flag to support early boot on r5
fpga:
- zynqmppl: Use only firmware interface and enable SPL build
serial:
- uartlite: Enable for ARM systems and support endians
mmc:
- zynq: Fix indentation
net:
- gem: Support for multiple phys
- emac: Fix 64bit support and enable it for arm64
kconfig:
- Setup default values for Xilinx platforms
- Fix dependecies for Xilinx drivers
- Source board Kconfig only when platform is enabled
- Fix FPGA Kconfig entry with SPL
- Change some defconfig values
bindings:
- Add binding doc for vsc8531
- Add DM_SPI, DM_SPI_FLASH support for powerpc platforms
- Add DM_ETH support on P1010RDB, P1020RDB, P2020RDB
- Remove some un-maintained powerpc platforms
- Add USB_STORAGE support in config
commit 0cfccb5401 ("configs: Resync with savedefconfig")
removed CONFIG_USB_STORAGE from some powerpc platforms' defconfig
files, whicih would block the use case of system loading rootfs
from USB drives, add them back.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable the DM_ETH and DM_MDIO config.
On P2020RDB, the eTSEC1 is connecting with a switch VSC7385,
so also enable the fixed PHY support.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The board_eth_init() is only used by legacy ethernet driver framework,
so do not compile it when DM_ETH config has been selected.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable the DM_ETH and DM_MDIO config.
On P1020RDB, the eTSEC1 is connecting with a switch VSC7385,
so also enable the fixed PHY support.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The board_eth_init() is only used by legacy ethernet driver framework,
so do not compile it when DM_ETH config has been selected.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Move vsc7835 firmware uploading to board_early_init_r(), so that
the switch also can work in DM eTSEC driver.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The info of fixed-link PHY is described in DT node instead of
getting from MII, so detect the fixed-link PHY DT node first,
if it doesn't exist then probe the MII.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
For the platforms on which the eTSEC driver uses DM_ETH, convert its
MDIO controller code to also use DM_MDIO.
Note that for handling the TBI PHY (the MAC PCS for SGMII), we still
don't register a udevice for it, since we can drive it locally and there
is no point in doing otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[Reworked to fix gazerbeam config]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The MII management register block offset is different between
gianfar and etsec2 compatible devices, this patch is to fix
this issue by adding driver data for different compatible
string.
Fixes: 2932c5a802 ("net: tsec: fsl_mdio: add DM MDIO support")
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The tsec driver now requires DM_MDIO when DM_ETH is enabled. To avoid
build errors, enable DM_MDIO in these boards' configs before we actually
add DM_MDIO support to tsec.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
It is utterly pointless to require an MDIO bus pointer for a fixed PHY
device. The fixed.c implementation does not require it, only
phy_device_create. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
fixed-rate driver is not different from clk_fixed_factor and it is required
very early in boot that's why setup flag for it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
pxe sub commands need to be manually relocated for architectures which
enables MANUAL_RELOC as Microblaze.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PXE and DHCP shouldn't be listed when commands are not enabled that's why
handle it in the same way as is done for Zynq and ZynqMP.
Fixes: ec48b6c991 ("arm64: versal: Add support for new Xilinx Versal ACAPs")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Map all resource for R5 to operate properly.
The patch is done based on the commit 23f7b1a776 ("armv7R: K3: am654:
Enable MPU regions") which also map the whole 4GB at first and then change
mapping for DDR.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
ATF support was all the time based on FIT image support but this dependency
is not recorded anywhere.
For !SPL_FIT && SPL_ATF there is compilation error:
common/spl/spl.c: In function 'board_init_r':
common/spl/spl.c:689:26: error: 'struct spl_image_info' has no member named 'fdt_addr'
689 | spl_fixup_fdt(spl_image.fdt_addr);
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Both SOCs shouldn't have any problem with 64bit dma accesses. Also with PIE
enabled when u-boot is placed above 4GB without any memory mapped below 4GB
address space efi_memory_init() call is failing due to missing memory node.
For this two reason disable this option for ZynqMP and Versal.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
if conditions should match.
Fixes: a18d09ea38 ("fpga: zynqmp: Add secure bitstream loading for ZynqMP")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The patch does sed 's/SPL_FPGA_SUPPORT/SPL_FPGA/g' but also fixing Makefile
and zynqmp.c to simplify if/endif logic in zynqmp.c.
This change is mostly done to be able to use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED macro and
obj-$(CONFIG_$(SPL_)FPGA) in Makefile. For them symbols need to be in sync.
And removing one line from Topic Miami boards which is not needed because
symbol is not enabled via Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For SPL flow without specifying address for DT loading DTB is automatically
appended behind U-Boot code. Specifically _end symbol is used. Just behind
it there is place for bss section.
It means if early code is using static variable and there is a write to
this variable DTB file is corrupted if variable is located between DTB
start and end.
In this particular case offset of this variable from bss section start is
very small (0x40) that's why DT is currupted which breaks this boot flow.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable position independent pre-relocation to let users options to put
u-boot to different locations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enabling saving variables to MMC(FAT), NAND, SPI based on primary bootmode.
Maybe that logic can be tuned for more complicated use cases and better
tested for different bootmodes.
Tested on zcu104 to SD(FAT) and JTAG(NOWHERE).
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no reason to have name variable saved in BSS section when it
doesn't need to be really used. That's why remove static from variable
definition and use strdup() to duplicate string with exact size from malloc
area instead.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Current algorithm used to get the silicon name is bit complicated and
hard to follow. Updated to use more straightforward mechanism based on
the Device ID code table (Table 1-2). The full IDCODE register is used
(except device revision bits [31:28]) to get the device name and IDCODE2
value is used for identifying the variant.
Additionally to make the algorithm bit more clear it also save some space
as the devices table is slightly bit smaller.
Signed-off-by: Ibai Erkiaga <ibai.erkiaga-elorza@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
flush_cache() arguments are not type casted to take care of 64 bit
systems. Use phys_addr_t to type cast for it to work properly for 32 bit
and 64 bit systems.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
There are compilation warnings showing up when we compile AXI ethernet
driver for 64bit architectures. Fix them, so that it works on both 32
and 64 bit architectures.
DMA descriptors are not taking care of 64bit addresses. To fix it,
change axidma_bd members as below:
next ==> next_desc
reserverd1 ==> next_desc_msb
phys ==> buf_addr
reserverd2 ==> buf_addr_msb
and update next_desc and buf_addr with lower 32 bits of the addresses,
update next_desc_msb and buf_addr_msb with upper 32 bits of the 64bit
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add MSCC header with delay definitions for VSC8531 and associated
family devices.
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
It was protected just for SPL_OS_BOOT but this function is only called when
SPL_ATF is enabled that's why change macro name.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
NAND_ARASAN selecting DM_MTD uunconditionally. Driver can be enabled with
!DM that's why Kconfig it showing it as error:
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for DM_MTD
Depends on [n]: DM [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- NAND_ARASAN [=y] && MTD_RAW_NAND [=y]
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Value of shunt resistor for INA226s that monitor VCCINT and VCC_SOC power
rails are incorrect. This patch corrects those values.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Nowshadi <saeed.nowshadi@xilinx.com>
There is 2nd pca9548 mux on I2C1 bus that controls SFP0, SFP1, and QSFP1
ports. Channel 0 and 1 are connected to J287 connector for SFP0 & SFP1, and
channel 2 is connected to J288 connector for QSFP1.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Nowshadi <saeed.nowshadi@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add CONFIG_XILINX_UARTLITE config to versal/zynqmp defconfig to
enable uartlite driver support by default.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This endinness changes are taken from linux uartlite driver.
Reset TX fifo in control register and check TX fifo empty
flag in lower byte of the status register to detect if it
is a little endian system. Based on this check, program the
registers with le32 or be32 through out the driver.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable required configs for using ubifs in uboot.
UBIFS testing procedure from u-boot:
Let's say we have two partitions in dt as below and want to format
partition1 "images" with ubifs.
partition@0 {
label = "boot";
reg = <0x0 0x1000000>;
};
partition@1 {
label = "images";
reg = <0x1000000 0x7000000>;
};
We will format the partition from linux and copy some files and access
from uboot later.
First thing, in linux config disable CONFIG_MTD_SPI_NOR_USE_4K_SECTORS.
this is required as ubifs expects min LEB size as 15*1024 bytes.
Use below commands in linux to format "images" partition with ubifs.
ubiformat /dev/mtd1
ubiattach /dev/ubi_ctrl -m 1
ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -N images -m
mount -t ubifs ubi0:images /mnt
We can copy files to /mnt and unmount it.
To access this ubifs partition from uboot, run below commands.
(Don't forget to probe device before, e.g. sf probe 0 0 0)
setenv mtdids "nor0=nor0"
setenv mtdparts "mtdparts=nor0:16m(boot),112m(images)"
ubi part images
ubifsmount ubi0:images
make sure we match "mtdparts" to whatever is given in dt w.r.t partition
sizes.
"mtdparts" command will list the mtd partitions in u-boot.
Once ubifs is mounted, we can use "ubifsls" to list the files in that
partition and use "ubifsload <addr> <filename>" to load files from ubifs
partition to DDR.
Reading information about mtd layout from DT is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add read/write memory utilities for 16 and 32 bits. Add these
api's for both little and big endian systems similar to arm
architecture.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
U-Boot on xilinx boards is checking one address where DTB can be placed as
the first location for DTB. Originally this code was developed for Versal
where QEMU was putting generated DTB for U-Boot to use.
The patch enables changing this address which is necessary for cases where
default address is pointing to location (DDR) which is not present. The
access to this location can cause exception.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Do not source xilinx board Kconfig by other boards. These configs should be
available only when Xilinx platforms are selected.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Zynq/ZynqMP/Versal IPs should be possible to called also from Microblaze in
PL and vice versa. That's why change dependencies and do not limit enabling
just for some platforms.
This is follow up patch based on commit 664e16ce99 ("xilinx: kconfig:
Change Kconfig dependencies for Xilinx drivers").
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Zynq is similar to ZynqMP u-boot feature wise that's why also enable
default option for ENV_FAT_DEVICE_AND_PART Kconfig entry.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Find out MDIO bus and enable MDIO access to it if this is done via
different GEM controller. Only works across GEM instances.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The most of drivers are using '_' instead of '-' in driver name. That's why
sync up these names to be aligned. It looks quite bad to see both in use.
It is visible via dm tree command.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When a message is written by a log driver (e.g. via the network stack) this
may result in the generation of further messages. We cannot allow these
additional messages to be emitted as this might result in an infinite
recursion.
Up to now only the syslog driver was safeguarded. We should safeguard all
log drivers instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the live tree API ofnode_parse_phandle_with_args, the cell_count
argument must be used when cells_name is NULL.
But this argument is not provided to the live DT function
of_parse_phandle_with_args even it is provided to
fdtdec_parse_phandle_with_args.
This patch adds support of the cells_count parameter in dev_ and
of_node API to allow migration and support of live DT:
- of_parse_phandle_with_args
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
OP-TEE reserved memory node must set property "no-map" to prevent
Linux kernel from mapping secure memory unless what non-secure world
speculative accesses of the CPU can violate the memory firmware
configuration.
Fixes: 6ccb05eae0 ("image: fdt: copy possible optee nodes to a loaded devicetree")
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add a test to verify that the no-map property is added in reserved-memory
node when fdtdec_add_reserved_memory() no-map parameter is set to true.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add boolean input argument @no_map to helper function
fdtdec_add_reserved_memory() to add or not "no-map" property
for an added reserved memory node.
Property no-map is used by the Linux kernel to not not map memory
in its static memory mapping. It is needed for example for the|
consistency of system non-cached memory and to prevent speculative
accesses to some firewalled memory.
No functional change. A later change will update to OPTEE library to
add no-map property to OP-TEE reserved memory nodes.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When an external blob is missing it can be quite confusing for the user.
Add a way to provide a help message that is shown.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Add a new entry argument to the fit entry which allows selection of the
default configuration to use. This is the 'default' property in the
'configurations' node.
Update the Makefile to pass in the value of DEVICE_TREE or
CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE to provide this information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Explain that binman interprets these environment variables in the
"External tools" section to run target/host specific versions of the
tools, and add a new section on how to use CROSS_COMPILE to run the
tests on non-x86 machines.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch lets tools.Run() use host-specific versions with the
for_host keyword argument, based on the host-specific environment
variables (HOSTCC, HOSTOBJCOPY, HOSTSTRIP, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently, binman always runs the compile tools like cc, objcopy, strip,
etc. using their literal name. Instead, this patch makes it use the
target-specific versions by default, derived from the tool-specific
environment variables (CC, OBJCOPY, STRIP, etc.) or from the
CROSS_COMPILE environment variable.
For example, the u-boot-elf etype directly uses 'strip'. Trying to run
the tests with 'CROSS_COMPILE=i686-linux-gnu- binman test' on an arm64
host results in the '097_elf_strip.dts' test to fail as the arm64
version of 'strip' can't understand the format of the x86 ELF file.
This also adjusts some command.Output() calls that caused test errors or
failures to use the target versions of the tools they call. After this,
patch, an arm64 host can run all tests with no errors or failures using
a correct CROSS_COMPILE value.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These test files are currently "intended for use on x86 hosts", but most
of the tests using them can still pass when cross-compiled to x86 on an
arm64 host.
This patch enables non-x86 hosts to run the tests by specifying a
cross-compiler via CROSS_COMPILE. The list of variables it sets is taken
from the top-level Makefile. It would be possible to automatically set
an x86 cross-compiler with a few blocks like:
ifneq ($(shell i386-linux-gnu-gcc --version 2> /dev/null),)
CROSS_COMPILE = i386-linux-gnu-
endif
But it wouldn't propagate to the binman process calling this Makefile,
so it's better just raise an error and expect 'binman test' to be run
with a correct CROSS_COMPILE.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch makes buildman create linked working trees instead of clones
of the source repository, but keeps updating the older clones of the
repository that might already exist. These worktrees share "everything
except working directory specific files such as HEAD, index, etc." with
the source repository. See the git-worktree(1) manual page for more
information.
If git-worktree isn't available, silently falls back to cloning the
repository.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present 64-bit sunxi boards use the Makefile to create a FIT, using
USE_SPL_FIT_GENERATOR. This is deprecated.
Update sunxi to use binman instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
At present binman warns about missing external blobs only when the
BUILD_ROM is defined. Enable this behaviour always, since many boards
are starting to use these (e.g. ARM Trusted Firmware's BL31).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases it is useful to generate a FIT which has a number of DTB
images, selectable by configuration. Add support for this in binman,
using a simple iterator and string substitution.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an entry for ARM Trusted Firmware's 'BL31' payload, which is the
device's main firmware. Typically this is U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have an Entry_blob_ext which implement a blob which holds an
external binary. We need to support other entry types that hold external
binaries, e.g. Entry_blob_named_by_arg. Move the support into the base
Entry class to allow this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the Python sequential-write interface can produce an error when
it calls fdt_finish(), since this needs to add a terminating tag to the
end of the struct section.
Fix this by automatically expanding the buffer if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tidy up a few test functions which lack argument comments. Rename one that
has the same name as a different test.
Also fix up the comment for PrepareImagesAndDtbs().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If an entry argument is needed by an entry but the entry argument is not
present, then a strange error can occur when trying to read the file.
Fix this by allowing arguments to be required. Select this option for the
cros-ec-rw entry. If a filename is provided in the node, allow that to be
used.
Also tidy up a few related tests to make the error string easier to find,
and fully ignore unused return values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently of_match_ptr is used to avoid referencing compatible strings
when OF_CONTROL is not enabled. This behaviour could be improved by
taking into account also OF_PLATDATA, as when this configuration is
enabled the compatible strings are not used at all.
Signed-off-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we look for resources based on the path of the Python module
that wants them. Instead we should use Python's pkg_resources feature
which is designed for this purpose.
Update binman to use this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When reading subentries of each image, the FIT entry type directly
concatenates their contents without padding them according to their
offset, size, align, align-size, align-end, pad-before, pad-after
properties.
This patch makes sure these properties are respected by offloading this
image-data building to the section etype, where each subnode of the
"images" node is processed as a section. Alignments and offsets are
respective to the beginning of each image. For example, the following
fragment can end up having "u-boot-spl" start at 0x88 within the final
FIT binary, while "u-boot" would then end up starting at e.g. 0x20088.
fit {
description = "example";
images {
kernel-1 {
description = "U-Boot with SPL";
type = "kernel";
arch = "arm64";
os = "linux";
compression = "none";
u-boot-spl {
};
u-boot {
align = <0x10000>;
};
};
};
}
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reinstate check in testPadInSections(), squash in
"binman: Allow FIT binaries to have missing external blobs"
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Other relevant properties (pad-after, offset, size, align, align-size,
align-end) already work since Pack() sets correct ranges for subentries'
data (.offset, .size variables), but some padding here is necessary to
align the data within this range to match the pad-before property.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Switch to str.startswith for matching like the FIT etype does since the
current version doesn't ignore 'hash-1', 'hash-2', etc.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Linking a U-Boot larger than 1MB fails with PIE enabled:
u-boot/arch/arm/cpu/armv8/start.S:71:(.text+0x3c): relocation
truncated to fit: R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_LO21 against symbol `__rel_dyn_end'
defined in .bss_start section in u-boot.
This extends the supported range by using adrp & add to load symbols
early while starting up.
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Atmel PIT timer is not available for next products that
have another timer hardware block.
To be able to use the common at91 code, guard the code that uses PIT
by ifdefs.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
We already have a function to retrieve the mac address from one EEPROM.
For boards with a second Ethernet interface, however, we would
require another EEPROM with a second unique MAC address.
Introduce at91_set_eth1addr which will look for a second EEPROM
and set the 'eth1addr' variable with the obtained MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Add UTMI support for SAMA7G5. SAMA7G5's UTMI control is done via
XTALF register. Values written at bits 2..0 in this register
correspond to the on board crystal oscillator frequency.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Add master clock (MCK1..MCK4) support for SAMA7G5. SAMA7G5's PMC has
multiple master clocks feeding different subsystems. One of them
feeds image subsystem and is changeable based on image subsystem
needs.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Add sckc driver compatible with common clock framework. Driver
implements slow clock support for SAM9X60 compatible IPs (in this
list it is also present SAMA7G5's slow clock IP).
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Move clock code to compat.c to allow switching to CCF
without mixing CCF code with non CCF code. This prepares the
field for next commits.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Add helper for clock drivers. These will be used by following
commits in the process of switching AT91 clock drivers to CCF.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Add pre-requisite headers for AT91 clock architecture. These
are based on already present files on Linux and will be used
by following commits for AT91 CCF clock drivers.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
clk_get_by_indexed_prop() retrieves a clock with dev member being set
with the pointer to the udevice for the clock controller driver. But
in case of CCF each clock driver has set in dev member the reference
to its parent (the root of the clock tree is a fixed clock, every
node in clock tree is a clock registered with clk_register()). In this
case the subsequent operations like dev_get_clk_ptr() on clocks
retrieved by clk_get_by_indexed_prop() will fail. For this, get the
pointer to the proper clock registered (with clk_register()) using
clk_get_by_id() before proceeding.
Fixes: 1d7993d1d0 ("clk: Port Linux common clock framework [CCF] for imx6q to U-boot (tag: v5.1.12)")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Clock re-parenting is not binding the clock's device to its new
parent device, it only calls the clock's ops->set_parent() API. The
changes in this commit re-parent the clock device to its new parent
so that subsequent operations like clk_get_parent() to point to the
proper parent.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In common clock framework the relation b/w parent and child clocks is
determined based on the udevice parent/child information. A clock
parent could be changed based on devices needs. In case this is happen
the functionalities for clock who's parent is changed are broken. Add
a function that reparent a device. This will be used in clk-uclass.c
to reparent a clock device.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are drivers to support built in USB controller and PHY-s now, so lets add the USB nodes to DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Lot of Qualcomm SoC-s use DWC3 controller for both USB2.0 and USB3.0
ports.
Qualcomm has some custom config registers on top of the generic ones,
but for host mode these are not needed.
So lets add the neccessary compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Add a driver to setup the USB PHY-s on Qualcomm IPQ40xx series SoCs.
The driver sets up HS and SS phys.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
On Qualcomm IPQ40xx SoC series, GCC clock IP also handles the resets.
So since this will be needed by further drivers, lets add a driver for the reset controller.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Its common to use dt-bindings instead of hard-coding clocks or resets.
So lets use the imported Linux GCC bindings on IPQ40xx target.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
mpc83xx, keymile boards: enable DM_ETH and add DTS
- mpc83xx: remove unneeded extern declaration in cpu_init
- powerpc, qe: fix codingstyle issues for drivers/qe
- powerpc, qe: add DTS support for parallel I/O ports
- net, qe: add DM support for QE UEC ethernet
- add DTS for all mpc83xx based boards from keymile
mainly they are not mainlined to linux.
- add u-boot specific dtsi
- add stdout-path
- add missing ucc4 par_io definitions, which were
in board code, but not in linux DTS
- remove not used ethernet nodes
enable DTS support for keymile mpc83xx based boards.
get rid of compile warning:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_ETH (Driver Model
for Ethernet drivers). Please update the board to use
CONFIG_DM_ETH before the v2020.07 release. Failure to
update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/migration.rst for more info.
====================================================
Therefore done:
- add DTS for all mpc83xx based boards from keymile
mainly they are not mainlined to linux.
- add u-boot specific dtsi
- add stdout-path
- add missing ucc4 par_io definitions, which were
in board code, but not in linux DTS
- remove not used ethernet nodes
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Patch-cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Patch-cc: Qiang Zhao <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Series-to: u-boot
Series-version: 3
Series-changes: 3
- rebase patchset to current mainline commit
c0192950df
- update defconfig files
Series-changes: 2
- add patch which fixes Codingstyle errors in drivers/qe
- add patch which converts the mpc83xx based boards from
keymile to DM_ETH
Cover-letter:
powerpc, mpc83xx: add DM_ETH support
This patch series adds DM ethernet support for mpc83xx based
keymile boards.
Travis build:
END
add DM/DTS support for the UEC ethernet on QUICC Engine
Block.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Patch-cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Patch-cc: Qiang Zhao <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Patch-cc: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Patch-cc: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Series-changes: 3
- revert:
commit "3374264df97b" ("drivers: net: qe: deselect QE when DM_ETH is enabled")
as now qe works with DM and DM_ETH support.
- fix mailaddress from Holger
Series-changes: 2
- add comments from Qiang Zhao:
- add device node documentation
- I did not drop the dm_qe_uec_phy.c and use drivers/net/fsl_mdio.c
because using drivers/net/fsl_mdio.c leads in none existent
udevice mdio@3320
instead boards with DM ETH support should use now this
driver.
- remove RFC tag
Commit-notes:
- I let the old none DM based implementation in code
so boards should work with old implementation.
This Code should be removed if all boards are converted
to DM/DTS.
- add the DM based qe uec driver under drivers/net/qe
- Therefore copied the files uccf.c uccf.h uec.h from
drivers/qe. So there are a lot of Codingstyle problems
currently. I fix them in next version if this RFC
patch is OK or it needs some changes.
- The dm based driver code is now under drivers/net/qe/dm_qe_uec.c
Used a lot of functions from drivers/qe/uec.c
- seperated the PHY specific code into seperate file
drivers/net/qe/dm_qe_uec_phy.c
END
add DM support for parallel I/O ports on QUICC Engine Block
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Patch-cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Patch-cc: Qiang Zhao <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Patch-cc: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Series-changes: 2
- remove RFC
- fixed Codingstyle errors, therefore new patch
powerpc, mpc83xx: fix codingstyle issues for qe_io.c
- moved DM part to drivers/pinctrl
Commit-notes:
Open questions / discussion:
- I let the old none DM based implementation in code
so boards should work with old implementation.
This should be removed if all boards are converted to
DM/DTS.
- Unfortunately linux DTS does not use "pinctrl-"
properties, instead "pio-handle" properties.
Even worser old U-Boot code initializes all pins
defined in "const qe_iop_conf_t qe_iop_conf_tab[]"
table in board code. As linux does the same I decided
to also scan through all subnodes containing "pio-map"
property and initialize them too.
The proper solution would be to check for "pio-handle"
when a device is probed.
END
- Hyperflash boot for J7200
- Update Main R5FSS lockstep mode
- R5F remoteproc support for J7200
- Minor env fixes
- Add SPI boot support for am335x-icev2
am335x internal SRAM is too small to support the addition of
SPI bootmode to the default defconfig. Add a separate spiboot_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Add an ofdata_to_platdata() callback to access dts in U-boot and
access all platform data in it. This prepares the driver for supporting
both device tree as well as static platform data structures in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Add platform data and a device structure for the spi device
present on am335x-icev2. This requires moving all omap3_spi
platform data structures and symbols to an omap3_spi.h so that
the board file can access them.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
There are devices which don't use OF_CONTROL or OF_PLATDATA but instead
rely on statically defined platdata. Block dm_scan_fdt_dev() with both
configs to avoid build failures under this condition.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
If devtype variable is setted via setenv, then the following devtype=X style is
ignored. Currently, many u-boot commands use devtype variable in the latter
manner:
mmc_boot=if mmc dev ${devnum}; then devtype=mmc; run scan_dev_for_boot_part; fi
Use devtype=mmc instead of setenv devtype mmc to avoid bugs with booting from
another devtype.
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Enable the FS_LOADER and associated configs in the j7200_evm_r5_defconfig
so that the R5 SPL can support the loading of firmware files from a boot
media/file system.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Add a generic fs_loader node to the K3 J7200 R5 common board dts
file and use it as the chosen firmware-loader so that it can be
used for loading various firmwares from a boot media/filesystem
in R5 SPL on K3 J7200 EVM.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The R5 SPL on J7200 SoCs will be limited to booting just the
MCU R5FSS0 R5F core in LockStep-mode at present, so add the
two required environment variables 'addr_mcur5f0_0load' and
'name_mcur5f0_0fw' that are needed by the R5 SPL early-boot
logic. The firmware name used is also different from that on
J721E SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The A72 U-boot can support early booting of any of the Main or MCU R5F
remote processors from U-boot prompt to achieve various system usecases
before booting the Linux kernel. Update the default BOOTCOMMAND to provide
an automatic and easier way to start various remote processors through
added environment variables.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The J7200 SoCs has two R5F sub-systems. Enable the TI K3
R5F remoteproc driver and the remoteproc command options
to allow these R5F processors to be booted from A72 U-Boot.
The Kconfigs are added using savedefconfig.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The J7200 SoCs have different number of remote processors, but reuse
the same environment settings as the J721E SoCs. The current env
variable rproc_fw_binaries is geared towards J721E SoCs and is
incorrect for J7200 SoCs. Please see the logic originally added in
commit 0b4ab9c9a7 ("env: ti: j721e-evm: Add support to boot rprocs
including R5Fs and DSPs").
Fix this by defining the DEFAULT_RPROCS macro appropriately using
the corresponding TARGET_EVM Kconfig symbol. This macro is used by
the 'rproc_fw_binaries' env variable in the common remoteproc env
header file k3_rproc.h.
The list of R5F cores to be started before loading and booting the
Linux kernel are as follows, and mainly comprises of the Main R5FSS0
cores in this order:
Main R5FSS0 (Split) Core0 : 2 /lib/firmware/j7200-main-r5f0_0-fw
Main R5FSS0 (Split) Core1 : 3 /lib/firmware/j7200-main-r5f0_1-fw
The MCU R5FSS0 is in LockStep mode and is expected to be booted by
R5 SPL, so it is not included in the list. The order of rprocs to
boot cannot be really modified as only the Main R5FSS0 cores are
involved and Core0 has to be booted first always before the
corresponding Core1.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The J7200 SoCs have 2 dual-core Arm Cortex-R5F processor (R5FSS)
subsystems/clusters. One R5F cluster is present within the MCU
domain (MCU_R5FSS0), and the other one is present within the MAIN
domain (MAIN_R5FSS0). Each of these can be configured at boot time
to be either run in a LockStep mode or in an Asymmetric Multi
Processing (AMP) fashion in Split-mode. These subsystems have 64 KB
each Tightly-Coupled Memory (TCM) internal memories for each core
split between two banks - ATCM and BTCM (further interleaved into
two banks). The TCMs of both Cores are combined in LockStep-mode
to provide a larger 128 KB of memory.
Add the DT node for the MAIN domain R5F cluster/subsystem, the two
R5F cores are added as child nodes to the main cluster/subsystem node.
The cluster is configured to run in Split-mode by default, with the
ATCMs enabled to allow the R5 cores to execute code from DDR with
boot-strapping code from ATCM. The inter-processor communication
between the main A72 cores and these processors is achieved through
shared memory and Mailboxes.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The J7200 SoCs have 2 dual-core Arm Cortex-R5F processor (R5FSS)
subsystems/clusters. One R5F cluster is present within the MCU
domain (MCU_R5FSS0), and the other one is present within the MAIN
domain (MAIN_R5FSS0). Each of these can be configured at boot time
to be either run in a LockStep mode or in an Asymmetric Multi
Processing (AMP) fashion in Split-mode. These subsystems have 64 KB
each Tightly-Coupled Memory (TCM) internal memories for each core
split between two banks - ATCM and BTCM (further interleaved into
two banks). The TCMs of both Cores are combined in LockStep-mode
to provide a larger 128 KB of memory.
Add the DT node for the MCU domain R5F cluster/subsystem, the two
R5F cores are added as child nodes to the main cluster/subsystem node.
The cluster is configured to run in LockStep mode by default, with
the ATCMs enabled to allow the R5 cores to execute code from DDR with
boot-strapping code from ATCM. The inter-processor communication
between the main A72 cores and these processors is achieved through
shared memory and Mailboxes.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The A72 U-Boot code can load and boot a number of the available
R5FSS Cores on the J7200 SoC. Change the memory attributes for the
DDR regions used by the remote processors so that the cores can see
and execute the proper code.
The J7200 SoC has less number of remote processors compared to J721E,
so use less memory for the remote processors. So, a separate table
based on the current J721E table is added for J7200 SoCs, and selected
using the appropriate Kconfig CONFIG_TARGET_J7200_A72_EVM symbol.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The K3 J7200 SoC family has a revised R5F sub-system and contains a
subset of the R5F clusters present on J721E SoCs. The integration of
these clusters is very much similar to J721E SoCs otherwise.
The revised IP has the following two new features:
1. TCMs are auto-initialized during module power-up, and the behavior
is programmable through a MMR bit controlled by System Firmware.
2. The LockStep-mode allows the Core1 TCMs to be combined with the
Core0 TCMs effectively doubling the amount of TCMs available.
The LockStep-mode on previous SoCs could only use the Core0 TCMs.
This combined TCMs appear contiguous at the respective Core0 TCM
addresses.
Add the support to these clusters in the K3 R5F remoteproc driver
using J7200 specific compatibles and revised logic accounting for
the above IP features/differences.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The K3 J7200 SoCs have two dual-core Arm R5F clusters/subsystems, with
2 R5F cores each, one in each of the MCU and MAIN voltage domains.
These clusters are a revised version compared to those present on
J721E SoCs. Update the K3 R5F remoteproc bindings with the compatible
info relevant to these R5F clusters/subsystems on K3 J7200 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The commit 316c927135 ("include: configs: j721e_evm: Add env variables
for mcu_r5fss0_core0 & main_r5fss0_core0") added four different new env
variables 'addr_mainr5f0_0load', 'name_mainr5f0_0fw', 'addr_mcur5f0_0load'
and 'name_mcur5f0_0fw' to the generic environment, but these are only
needed and used in R5 SPL for early-booting the MCU R5FSS0 and Main
R5FSS0 Core0 on J721E SoCs.
These are not really needed for A72 U-Boot, so limit the scope of
these variables only to R5 SPL. While at this, also fix the loadaddr
variable values to include the hex prefix like with other such env
variables.
Cc: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The default rproc list currently used by A72 U-Boot to boot various
remote processors include the Main R5FSS0 (Split-mode) Core1, Main
R5FSS1 (LockStep mode) Core0 and the three DSPs. The Main R5FSS1 cluster
is configured for Split mode by default in the dts now, so add the
Main R5FSS1 Core1 (rproc #5) to the default rproc boot list. This
core is now booted after the Main R5FSS1 Core0 and before the DSPs.
The order of the rprocs to boot can always be changed at runtime if
desired by overwriting the 'rproc_fw_binaries' environment variable
at U-boot prompt. Note that the R5FSS Core1 cannot be booted before
its associated Core0.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Switch the MAIN R5FSS1 cluster to be configured for Split-mode as the
default so that two different applications can be run on each of the
R5F cores in performance mode. LockStep-mode would be available only
on SoCs efused with the appropriate bit, and Split-mode is the mode
that is available on all J721E SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Enable configs required to support HyperFlash boot and detection of
onboard mux switch for HyperFlash selection
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
On J7200 SoC OSPI and HypeFlash are muxed at HW level and only one of
them can be used at any time. J7200 EVM has both HyperFlash and OSPI
flash on board. There is a user switch (SW3.1) that can be toggled to
select OSPI flash vs HyperFlash.
Read the state of this switch via wkup_gpio0_6 line and fixup the DT
nodes to select OSPI vs HyperFlash
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
HBMC controller on TI K3 SoC provides MMIO access to HyperFlash similar
to legacy Parallel CFI NOR flashes. Therefore alias HyperFlash bootmode
to NOR boot to enable SPL to load next stage using NOR boot flow.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Include ast2500-evb.dtb for CONFIG_ASPEED_AST2500 instead of
for all aspeed targets.
ast2400 is based on ARM926EJ-S processor (ARMv5-architecture).
ast2500 is based on ARM1176JZS processor (ARMv6-architecture).
ast2600 is based on Cortex A7 processor (ARMv7-A architecture).
Each of the above SOC is using a different ARM CPU(s) with different ARM
architecture revision. It is not possible to support all 3 of these
families in a single binary. So there is no need to build ast2500-evb.dtb
for other SOC families.
Signed-off-by: Thirupathaiah Annapureddy <thiruan@linux.microsoft.com>
On the mt7623 platform, if one port enable fail and other port
enable succeed. It will hang on when using pci enum
because the resource was not released correctly.
Signed-off-by: Chuanjia Liu <Chuanjia.Liu@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Import Qualcomm IPQ4019 GCC bindings from Linux.
This will enable using bindings instead of raw clock numbers both in the driver and DTS like Linux does.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
v2: modify title description aspeed:clock -> clock:aspeed
Use kernel include/dt-bindings/clock/aspeed-clock.h define
for clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Chia-Wei, Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Chimp is a core in Broadcom netxtream controller (bnxt).
Add support to check bnxt's chimp component status.
Signed-off-by: Rayagonda Kokatanur <rayagonda.kokatanur@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add command to update the environmental variables which
are used to read the data from QSPI offsets and load
the binaries to bnxt.
Signed-off-by: Vikas Gupta <vikas.gupta@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Rayagonda Kokatanur <rayagonda.kokatanur@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As the error message is now displayed by generic phy functions,
the pr_err can be change to pr_debug.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
As the error message is now displayed by generic phy functions,
the dev_err/pr_err can be change to dev_dbg/pr_debug.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As the error message is now displayed by generic phy functions,
the pr_err can be change to pr_debug.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As the error message is now displayed by generic phy functions,
the pr_err can be change to pr_debug.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As the error message is now displayed by generic phy functions,
the dev_err can be change to dev_dbg.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As the error message is now displayed by generic phy functions,
the pr_err can be change to pr_idebug.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Since the current code base is mostly from btrfs-progs, anyone
contributing to U-Boot btrfs code could also help us to improve
btrfs-progs and btrfs kernel module.
Also add myself as designated reviewer.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This cleans up the now unneeded code from the old btrfs implementation.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch introduces a new function, list_one_subvol(), which will
resolve the path to FS_TREE of one subvolume.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch introduces a new function, get_path_in_subvolume(), which
resolves inode number into path inside a subvolume.
This function will be later used for btrfs subvolume list functionality.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This version of btrfs_file_read() has the following new features:
- Tries all mirrors
- More handling on unaligned size
- Better compressed extent handling
The old implementation doesn't handle compressed extent with offset
properly: we need to read out the whole compressed extent, then
decompress the whole extent, and only then copy the requested part.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This implements lookup_data_extent() function for the incoming
new implementation of btrfs_file_read().
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
These two functions are used to do sector aligned read, which will be
later used to implement btrfs_file_read().
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Rename btrfs_file_read() and its callees to avoid name conflicts with
the incoming new code.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
After this the only remaining function that still utilizes
__btrfs_lookup_path() is btrfs_read().
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Use extent buffer based infrastructure to re-implement btrfs_readdir().
Along this rework, some small corner cases fixed:
- Subvolume tree mtime
Mtime of a subvolume tree is recorded in its root item, since there is
no INODE_ITEM for it.
This needs extra search from tree root.
- Output the unknown type
If the DIR_ITEM is corrupted, at least don't try to access the memory
out of boundary.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This is the extent buffer based path lookup routine.
To implement this, btrfs_lookup_dir_item() is crossported from
btrfs-progs, and implements btrfs_lookup_path() from scratch.
Unlike the existing __btrfs_lookup_path(), since btrfs_read_fs_root()
will check whether a root is a orphan at read time, there is no need to
check root backref, this makes the code a little easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
All existing next_length() caller handles return value > BTRFS_NAME_LEN,
so there is no need to do BTRFS_NAME_LEN check in next_length().
But still, we want to exit early if we're beyond BTRFS_NAME_LEN, so this
patch makes next_length() exit as soon as we're beyond BTRFS_NAME_LEN.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The existing __btrfs_readlink() can be easily re-implemented using the
extent buffer based btrfs_readlink().
This is the first step to re-implement U-Boot's btrfs code.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Since the old code is using __btrfs_path/__btrfs_root which is different
from the regular extent buffer based one, we add "__" prefix for the old
implementation to avoid name conflicts for the incoming crossport.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
open_ctree_fs_info() is the main entry point to open btrfs.
This version is a simplfied version of __open_ctree_fd() of btrfs-progs,
the main differences are:
- Parameters on how to specify a block device
Instead of @fd and @path, U-Boot uses blk_desc and disk_partition_t.
- Remove open_ctree flags
There won't be multiple open ctree modes in U-Boot.
Otherwise functions structures are all kept the same.
With open_ctree_fs_info() implemented, also introduce the global
current_fs_info pointer to show the current opened btrfs.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
These two functions play a big role in btrfs bootstrap.
The following function is removed:
- Seed device support
Although in theory we can still support multiple devices, we don't have
a facility in U-Boot to do device scan without opening them.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch copies the core function, btrfs_search_slot(), from
btrfs-progs.
This version has the following functionality removed:
- The ability to COW tree block
Related code is commented out, and can be enabled in the future.
- The readahead functionality
This is abused in kernel. Remove it completely.
With the core function in place, btrfs developers should feel at home now.
This also crossports supporting code like btrfs_previous_item() to
ctree.[ch].
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Crossport struct btrfs_root to ctree.h from btrfs-progs, with write
related members deleted.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This is to avoid naming conflicts between extent buffer based
btrfs_root.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
To avoid name conflicting between the extent buffer based btrfs_path
from btrfs-progs, rename struct btrfs_path to struct __btrfs_path.
Also rename btrfs_free_path() to __btrfs_free_path() to avoid conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This is the one of the basic stone function for btrfs, which:
- Resolves the chunk mappings
- Reads data from disk
- Does various sanity check
With read_tree_block(), we can finally crossport needed btrfs btree
operations to U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch crossports volumes.[ch] from btrfs-progs, including:
- btrfs_map_block()
The core mechanism to map btrfs logical address to physical address.
This version includes multi-device support, along with RAID56 support.
- btrfs_scan_one_device()
This is the function to register one btrfs device to the list.
This is the main part of the multi-device btrfs assembling process.
Although we're not going to support multiple devices until U-Boot
allows us to scan one device without actually opening it.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
[trini: Use %zu in a debug print to avoid warning]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This brings all structure accessors from btrfs-progs/ctree.h, as in
kernel's ctree.h.
All these accessors handle the endian convert at runtime, and since all
of them are defined as static inline functions, those which aren't used
won't take space in resulting binary.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This brings the extent_io_tree infrastructure, with which we can finally
bring in proper btrfs_fs_info structure to ctree.h.
With read/write_extent_buffer() implemented we also backport
read/write_eb_member() to ctree.h.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch implements an infrastructure to insert/search/merge an extent
range (with variable length).
This provides the basis for later extent buffer cache used in btrfs.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch uses generic code from btrfs-progs to read one super block
from block device.
To support the btrfs-progs coding style, the following is also
crossported:
- BTRFS_SETGET_FUNC for btrfs_super_block
- btrfs_check_super() function
- Move btrfs_read_superblock() to disk-io.[ch]
Since super.c only contains pretty small amount of code, and
the extra check will be covered in later root read patches.
Differences between this implementation and btrfs-progs:
- No sbflags/sb_bytenr support
Since we only need to read the primary super block (like kernel),
sbflags/sb_bytenr used by super block recovery is not needed.
This also changes the following behavior of U-Boot btrfs:
- Only reads the primary super block
The old implementation reads all 3 super blocks, and also one
non-existing backup.
This is not correct, especially if there is another filesystem created
on the device but old superblocks are not rewritten.
Just like kernel, we only check the primary super block.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
[trini: Change error to be a define in compat.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This mostly crossports crypto/hash.[ch] from btrfs-progs.
The differences are:
- No blake2 support
No blake2 related library in U-Boot yet.
- Use uboot xxhash/sha256 directly
No need to implement the code as U-Boot has already provided the
interface.
This adds the support for the following csums:
- SHA256
- XXHASH
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This version includes all needed on-disk format from kernel.
Only need to modify the include headers for U-Boot, everything else is
untouched.
Also, since U-Boot btrfs is using a different endian convert timing (at
tree block read time), it needs some forced type conversion before
proper crossport.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
bi_memstart & bi_memsize are now not referenced any more. This patch
removes their definitions from the bd_info struct.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove printing of the superseeded (by bi_dram[]) memory values from the
bdinfo command.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Most likely these deprecated (removed) variables are not needed. Lets
remove the assignments completely from all spl.c files.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Oleksandr Zhadan and Michael Durrant
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All platforms support bi_dram[] since quite some time. Lets remove the
and bi_memsize values completely.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When this no-op dram_init_banksize() is removed, the weak default will
be used instead, which correctly sets the bi_dram[] banksize values.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
arch_setup_bdinfo() only configures the deprecated bi_memstart &
bi_memsize values, which should not be needed any more. Lets remove
this file completely.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
With the planned removal of bi_memstart & bi_memsize, this patch now
moves the references to the better suiting gd->ram_base/ram_size
variables.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove the bi_memstart / bi_memsize assignment in setup_bdinfo() and
make sure, that bd_dram[] is always configured in the weak default
implementation of dram_init_banksize(), when CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE is
not set.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Use only gd->ram_base/_size in env_get_bootm_size() instead of bi_dram[]
in some cases and bi_memstart in others.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit 86cf1c8285 ("configs: Migrate CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS") &
commit 999a772d9f ("Kconfig: Migrate CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS"),
CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS is always defined with a value (4 is default).
It makes no sense to still carry code that is guarded with
"#ifndef CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS" (and similar). This patch removes
all these unreferenced code paths.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
2020-08-26 09:19:16 +02:00
2930 changed files with 149043 additions and 28882 deletions
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
